xref: /titanic_41/usr/src/uts/common/io/mac/mac.c (revision 70f9559bd0c02885d84a425eaafc8c280df10efb)
1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  */
25 
26 /*
27  * MAC Services Module
28  *
29  * The GLDv3 framework locking -  The MAC layer
30  * --------------------------------------------
31  *
32  * The MAC layer is central to the GLD framework and can provide the locking
33  * framework needed for itself and for the use of MAC clients. MAC end points
34  * are fairly disjoint and don't share a lot of state. So a coarse grained
35  * multi-threading scheme is to single thread all create/modify/delete or set
36  * type of control operations on a per mac end point while allowing data threads
37  * concurrently.
38  *
39  * Control operations (set) that modify a mac end point are always serialized on
40  * a per mac end point basis, We have at most 1 such thread per mac end point
41  * at a time.
42  *
43  * All other operations that are not serialized are essentially multi-threaded.
44  * For example a control operation (get) like getting statistics which may not
45  * care about reading values atomically or data threads sending or receiving
46  * data. Mostly these type of operations don't modify the control state. Any
47  * state these operations care about are protected using traditional locks.
48  *
49  * The perimeter only serializes serial operations. It does not imply there
50  * aren't any other concurrent operations. However a serialized operation may
51  * sometimes need to make sure it is the only thread. In this case it needs
52  * to use reference counting mechanisms to cv_wait until any current data
53  * threads are done.
54  *
55  * The mac layer itself does not hold any locks across a call to another layer.
56  * The perimeter is however held across a down call to the driver to make the
57  * whole control operation atomic with respect to other control operations.
58  * Also the data path and get type control operations may proceed concurrently.
59  * These operations synchronize with the single serial operation on a given mac
60  * end point using regular locks. The perimeter ensures that conflicting
61  * operations like say a mac_multicast_add and a mac_multicast_remove on the
62  * same mac end point don't interfere with each other and also ensures that the
63  * changes in the mac layer and the call to the underlying driver to say add a
64  * multicast address are done atomically without interference from a thread
65  * trying to delete the same address.
66  *
67  * For example, consider
68  * mac_multicst_add()
69  * {
70  *	mac_perimeter_enter();	serialize all control operations
71  *
72  *	grab list lock		protect against access by data threads
73  *	add to list
74  *	drop list lock
75  *
76  *	call driver's mi_multicst
77  *
78  *	mac_perimeter_exit();
79  * }
80  *
81  * To lessen the number of serialization locks and simplify the lock hierarchy,
82  * we serialize all the control operations on a per mac end point by using a
83  * single serialization lock called the perimeter. We allow recursive entry into
84  * the perimeter to facilitate use of this mechanism by both the mac client and
85  * the MAC layer itself.
86  *
87  * MAC client means an entity that does an operation on a mac handle
88  * obtained from a mac_open/mac_client_open. Similarly MAC driver means
89  * an entity that does an operation on a mac handle obtained from a
90  * mac_register. An entity could be both client and driver but on different
91  * handles eg. aggr. and should only make the corresponding mac interface calls
92  * i.e. mac driver interface or mac client interface as appropriate for that
93  * mac handle.
94  *
95  * General rules.
96  * -------------
97  *
98  * R1. The lock order of upcall threads is natually opposite to downcall
99  * threads. Hence upcalls must not hold any locks across layers for fear of
100  * recursive lock enter and lock order violation. This applies to all layers.
101  *
102  * R2. The perimeter is just another lock. Since it is held in the down
103  * direction, acquiring the perimeter in an upcall is prohibited as it would
104  * cause a deadlock. This applies to all layers.
105  *
106  * Note that upcalls that need to grab the mac perimeter (for example
107  * mac_notify upcalls) can still achieve that by posting the request to a
108  * thread, which can then grab all the required perimeters and locks in the
109  * right global order. Note that in the above example the mac layer iself
110  * won't grab the mac perimeter in the mac_notify upcall, instead the upcall
111  * to the client must do that. Please see the aggr code for an example.
112  *
113  * MAC client rules
114  * ----------------
115  *
116  * R3. A MAC client may use the MAC provided perimeter facility to serialize
117  * control operations on a per mac end point. It does this by by acquring
118  * and holding the perimeter across a sequence of calls to the mac layer.
119  * This ensures atomicity across the entire block of mac calls. In this
120  * model the MAC client must not hold any client locks across the calls to
121  * the mac layer. This model is the preferred solution.
122  *
123  * R4. However if a MAC client has a lot of global state across all mac end
124  * points the per mac end point serialization may not be sufficient. In this
125  * case the client may choose to use global locks or use its own serialization.
126  * To avoid deadlocks, these client layer locks held across the mac calls
127  * in the control path must never be acquired by the data path for the reason
128  * mentioned below.
129  *
130  * (Assume that a control operation that holds a client lock blocks in the
131  * mac layer waiting for upcall reference counts to drop to zero. If an upcall
132  * data thread that holds this reference count, tries to acquire the same
133  * client lock subsequently it will deadlock).
134  *
135  * A MAC client may follow either the R3 model or the R4 model, but can't
136  * mix both. In the former, the hierarchy is Perim -> client locks, but in
137  * the latter it is client locks -> Perim.
138  *
139  * R5. MAC clients must make MAC calls (excluding data calls) in a cv_wait'able
140  * context since they may block while trying to acquire the perimeter.
141  * In addition some calls may block waiting for upcall refcnts to come down to
142  * zero.
143  *
144  * R6. MAC clients must make sure that they are single threaded and all threads
145  * from the top (in particular data threads) have finished before calling
146  * mac_client_close. The MAC framework does not track the number of client
147  * threads using the mac client handle. Also mac clients must make sure
148  * they have undone all the control operations before calling mac_client_close.
149  * For example mac_unicast_remove/mac_multicast_remove to undo the corresponding
150  * mac_unicast_add/mac_multicast_add.
151  *
152  * MAC framework rules
153  * -------------------
154  *
155  * R7. The mac layer itself must not hold any mac layer locks (except the mac
156  * perimeter) across a call to any other layer from the mac layer. The call to
157  * any other layer could be via mi_* entry points, classifier entry points into
158  * the driver or via upcall pointers into layers above. The mac perimeter may
159  * be acquired or held only in the down direction, for e.g. when calling into
160  * a mi_* driver enty point to provide atomicity of the operation.
161  *
162  * R8. Since it is not guaranteed (see R14) that drivers won't hold locks across
163  * mac driver interfaces, the MAC layer must provide a cut out for control
164  * interfaces like upcall notifications and start them in a separate thread.
165  *
166  * R9. Note that locking order also implies a plumbing order. For example
167  * VNICs are allowed to be created over aggrs, but not vice-versa. An attempt
168  * to plumb in any other order must be failed at mac_open time, otherwise it
169  * could lead to deadlocks due to inverse locking order.
170  *
171  * R10. MAC driver interfaces must not block since the driver could call them
172  * in interrupt context.
173  *
174  * R11. Walkers must preferably not hold any locks while calling walker
175  * callbacks. Instead these can operate on reference counts. In simple
176  * callbacks it may be ok to hold a lock and call the callbacks, but this is
177  * harder to maintain in the general case of arbitrary callbacks.
178  *
179  * R12. The MAC layer must protect upcall notification callbacks using reference
180  * counts rather than holding locks across the callbacks.
181  *
182  * R13. Given the variety of drivers, it is preferable if the MAC layer can make
183  * sure that any pointers (such as mac ring pointers) it passes to the driver
184  * remain valid until mac unregister time. Currently the mac layer achieves
185  * this by using generation numbers for rings and freeing the mac rings only
186  * at unregister time.  The MAC layer must provide a layer of indirection and
187  * must not expose underlying driver rings or driver data structures/pointers
188  * directly to MAC clients.
189  *
190  * MAC driver rules
191  * ----------------
192  *
193  * R14. It would be preferable if MAC drivers don't hold any locks across any
194  * mac call. However at a minimum they must not hold any locks across data
195  * upcalls. They must also make sure that all references to mac data structures
196  * are cleaned up and that it is single threaded at mac_unregister time.
197  *
198  * R15. MAC driver interfaces don't block and so the action may be done
199  * asynchronously in a separate thread as for example handling notifications.
200  * The driver must not assume that the action is complete when the call
201  * returns.
202  *
203  * R16. Drivers must maintain a generation number per Rx ring, and pass it
204  * back to mac_rx_ring(); They are expected to increment the generation
205  * number whenever the ring's stop routine is invoked.
206  * See comments in mac_rx_ring();
207  *
208  * R17 Similarly mi_stop is another synchronization point and the driver must
209  * ensure that all upcalls are done and there won't be any future upcall
210  * before returning from mi_stop.
211  *
212  * R18. The driver may assume that all set/modify control operations via
213  * the mi_* entry points are single threaded on a per mac end point.
214  *
215  * Lock and Perimeter hierarchy scenarios
216  * ---------------------------------------
217  *
218  * i_mac_impl_lock -> mi_rw_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock[i_mac_tx_srs_notify]
219  *
220  * ft_lock -> fe_lock [mac_flow_lookup]
221  *
222  * mi_rw_lock -> fe_lock [mac_bcast_send]
223  *
224  * srs_lock -> mac_bw_lock [mac_rx_srs_drain_bw]
225  *
226  * cpu_lock -> mac_srs_g_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock [mac_walk_srs_and_bind]
227  *
228  * i_dls_devnet_lock -> mac layer locks [dls_devnet_rename]
229  *
230  * Perimeters are ordered P1 -> P2 -> P3 from top to bottom in order of mac
231  * client to driver. In the case of clients that explictly use the mac provided
232  * perimeter mechanism for its serialization, the hierarchy is
233  * Perimeter -> mac layer locks, since the client never holds any locks across
234  * the mac calls. In the case of clients that use its own locks the hierarchy
235  * is Client locks -> Mac Perim -> Mac layer locks. The client never explicitly
236  * calls mac_perim_enter/exit in this case.
237  *
238  * Subflow creation rules
239  * ---------------------------
240  * o In case of a user specified cpulist present on underlying link and flows,
241  * the flows cpulist must be a subset of the underlying link.
242  * o In case of a user specified fanout mode present on link and flow, the
243  * subflow fanout count has to be less than or equal to that of the
244  * underlying link. The cpu-bindings for the subflows will be a subset of
245  * the underlying link.
246  * o In case if no cpulist specified on both underlying link and flow, the
247  * underlying link relies on a  MAC tunable to provide out of box fanout.
248  * The subflow will have no cpulist (the subflow will be unbound)
249  * o In case if no cpulist is specified on the underlying link, a subflow can
250  * carry  either a user-specified cpulist or fanout count. The cpu-bindings
251  * for the subflow will not adhere to restriction that they need to be subset
252  * of the underlying link.
253  * o In case where the underlying link is carrying either a user specified
254  * cpulist or fanout mode and for a unspecified subflow, the subflow will be
255  * created unbound.
256  * o While creating unbound subflows, bandwidth mode changes attempt to
257  * figure a right fanout count. In such cases the fanout count will override
258  * the unbound cpu-binding behavior.
259  * o In addition to this, while cycling between flow and link properties, we
260  * impose a restriction that if a link property has a subflow with
261  * user-specified attributes, we will not allow changing the link property.
262  * The administrator needs to reset all the user specified properties for the
263  * subflows before attempting a link property change.
264  * Some of the above rules can be overridden by specifying additional command
265  * line options while creating or modifying link or subflow properties.
266  */
267 
268 #include <sys/types.h>
269 #include <sys/conf.h>
270 #include <sys/id_space.h>
271 #include <sys/esunddi.h>
272 #include <sys/stat.h>
273 #include <sys/mkdev.h>
274 #include <sys/stream.h>
275 #include <sys/strsun.h>
276 #include <sys/strsubr.h>
277 #include <sys/dlpi.h>
278 #include <sys/list.h>
279 #include <sys/modhash.h>
280 #include <sys/mac_provider.h>
281 #include <sys/mac_client_impl.h>
282 #include <sys/mac_soft_ring.h>
283 #include <sys/mac_stat.h>
284 #include <sys/mac_impl.h>
285 #include <sys/mac.h>
286 #include <sys/dls.h>
287 #include <sys/dld.h>
288 #include <sys/modctl.h>
289 #include <sys/fs/dv_node.h>
290 #include <sys/thread.h>
291 #include <sys/proc.h>
292 #include <sys/callb.h>
293 #include <sys/cpuvar.h>
294 #include <sys/atomic.h>
295 #include <sys/bitmap.h>
296 #include <sys/sdt.h>
297 #include <sys/mac_flow.h>
298 #include <sys/ddi_intr_impl.h>
299 #include <sys/disp.h>
300 #include <sys/sdt.h>
301 #include <sys/vnic.h>
302 #include <sys/vnic_impl.h>
303 #include <sys/vlan.h>
304 #include <inet/ip.h>
305 #include <inet/ip6.h>
306 #include <sys/exacct.h>
307 #include <sys/exacct_impl.h>
308 #include <inet/nd.h>
309 #include <sys/ethernet.h>
310 #include <sys/pool.h>
311 #include <sys/pool_pset.h>
312 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
313 #include <inet/wifi_ioctl.h>
314 #include <net/wpa.h>
315 
316 #define	IMPL_HASHSZ	67	/* prime */
317 
318 kmem_cache_t		*i_mac_impl_cachep;
319 mod_hash_t		*i_mac_impl_hash;
320 krwlock_t		i_mac_impl_lock;
321 uint_t			i_mac_impl_count;
322 static kmem_cache_t	*mac_ring_cache;
323 static id_space_t	*minor_ids;
324 static uint32_t		minor_count;
325 static pool_event_cb_t	mac_pool_event_reg;
326 
327 /*
328  * Logging stuff. Perhaps mac_logging_interval could be broken into
329  * mac_flow_log_interval and mac_link_log_interval if we want to be
330  * able to schedule them differently.
331  */
332 uint_t			mac_logging_interval;
333 boolean_t		mac_flow_log_enable;
334 boolean_t		mac_link_log_enable;
335 timeout_id_t		mac_logging_timer;
336 
337 /* for debugging, see MAC_DBG_PRT() in mac_impl.h */
338 int mac_dbg = 0;
339 
340 #define	MACTYPE_KMODDIR	"mac"
341 #define	MACTYPE_HASHSZ	67
342 static mod_hash_t	*i_mactype_hash;
343 /*
344  * i_mactype_lock synchronizes threads that obtain references to mactype_t
345  * structures through i_mactype_getplugin().
346  */
347 static kmutex_t		i_mactype_lock;
348 
349 /*
350  * mac_tx_percpu_cnt
351  *
352  * Number of per cpu locks per mac_client_impl_t. Used by the transmit side
353  * in mac_tx to reduce lock contention. This is sized at boot time in mac_init.
354  * mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max is settable in /etc/system and must be a power of 2.
355  * Per cpu locks may be disabled by setting mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 1.
356  */
357 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt;
358 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max = 128;
359 
360 /*
361  * Call back functions for the bridge module.  These are guaranteed to be valid
362  * when holding a reference on a link or when holding mip->mi_bridge_lock and
363  * mi_bridge_link is non-NULL.
364  */
365 mac_bridge_tx_t mac_bridge_tx_cb;
366 mac_bridge_rx_t mac_bridge_rx_cb;
367 mac_bridge_ref_t mac_bridge_ref_cb;
368 mac_bridge_ls_t mac_bridge_ls_cb;
369 
370 static int i_mac_constructor(void *, void *, int);
371 static void i_mac_destructor(void *, void *);
372 static int i_mac_ring_ctor(void *, void *, int);
373 static void i_mac_ring_dtor(void *, void *);
374 static mblk_t *mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *, mac_resource_handle_t, mblk_t *);
375 void mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *);
376 void mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *);
377 static void mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *, uint_t);
378 static int mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *);
379 static void mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *);
380 static void mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t, int, void *);
381 
382 typedef struct netinfo_s {
383 	list_node_t	ni_link;
384 	void		*ni_record;
385 	int		ni_size;
386 	int		ni_type;
387 } netinfo_t;
388 
389 /*
390  * Module initialization functions.
391  */
392 
393 void
394 mac_init(void)
395 {
396 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt = ((boot_max_ncpus == -1) ? max_ncpus :
397 	    boot_max_ncpus);
398 
399 	/* Upper bound is mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max */
400 	if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt > mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max)
401 		mac_tx_percpu_cnt = mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max;
402 
403 	if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt < 1) {
404 		/* Someone set max_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 0 or less */
405 		mac_tx_percpu_cnt = 1;
406 	}
407 
408 	ASSERT(mac_tx_percpu_cnt >= 1);
409 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt = (1 << highbit(mac_tx_percpu_cnt - 1));
410 	/*
411 	 * Make it of the form 2**N - 1 in the range
412 	 * [0 .. mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max - 1]
413 	 */
414 	mac_tx_percpu_cnt--;
415 
416 	i_mac_impl_cachep = kmem_cache_create("mac_impl_cache",
417 	    sizeof (mac_impl_t), 0, i_mac_constructor, i_mac_destructor,
418 	    NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
419 	ASSERT(i_mac_impl_cachep != NULL);
420 
421 	mac_ring_cache = kmem_cache_create("mac_ring_cache",
422 	    sizeof (mac_ring_t), 0, i_mac_ring_ctor, i_mac_ring_dtor, NULL,
423 	    NULL, NULL, 0);
424 	ASSERT(mac_ring_cache != NULL);
425 
426 	i_mac_impl_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mac_impl_hash",
427 	    IMPL_HASHSZ, mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor,
428 	    mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP);
429 	rw_init(&i_mac_impl_lock, NULL, RW_DEFAULT, NULL);
430 
431 	mac_flow_init();
432 	mac_soft_ring_init();
433 	mac_bcast_init();
434 	mac_client_init();
435 
436 	i_mac_impl_count = 0;
437 
438 	i_mactype_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mactype_hash",
439 	    MACTYPE_HASHSZ,
440 	    mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor,
441 	    mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP);
442 
443 	/*
444 	 * Allocate an id space to manage minor numbers. The range of the
445 	 * space will be from MAC_MAX_MINOR+1 to MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1.  This
446 	 * leaves half of the 32-bit minors available for driver private use.
447 	 */
448 	minor_ids = id_space_create("mac_minor_ids", MAC_MAX_MINOR+1,
449 	    MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1);
450 	ASSERT(minor_ids != NULL);
451 	minor_count = 0;
452 
453 	/* Let's default to 20 seconds */
454 	mac_logging_interval = 20;
455 	mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE;
456 	mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
457 	mac_logging_timer = 0;
458 
459 	/* Register to be notified of noteworthy pools events */
460 	mac_pool_event_reg.pec_func =  mac_pool_event_cb;
461 	mac_pool_event_reg.pec_arg = NULL;
462 	pool_event_cb_register(&mac_pool_event_reg);
463 }
464 
465 int
466 mac_fini(void)
467 {
468 
469 	if (i_mac_impl_count > 0 || minor_count > 0)
470 		return (EBUSY);
471 
472 	pool_event_cb_unregister(&mac_pool_event_reg);
473 
474 	id_space_destroy(minor_ids);
475 	mac_flow_fini();
476 
477 	mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mac_impl_hash);
478 	rw_destroy(&i_mac_impl_lock);
479 
480 	mac_client_fini();
481 	kmem_cache_destroy(mac_ring_cache);
482 
483 	mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mactype_hash);
484 	mac_soft_ring_finish();
485 
486 
487 	return (0);
488 }
489 
490 /*
491  * Initialize a GLDv3 driver's device ops.  A driver that manages its own ops
492  * (e.g. softmac) may pass in a NULL ops argument.
493  */
494 void
495 mac_init_ops(struct dev_ops *ops, const char *name)
496 {
497 	major_t major = ddi_name_to_major((char *)name);
498 
499 	/*
500 	 * By returning on error below, we are not letting the driver continue
501 	 * in an undefined context.  The mac_register() function will faill if
502 	 * DN_GLDV3_DRIVER isn't set.
503 	 */
504 	if (major == DDI_MAJOR_T_NONE)
505 		return;
506 	LOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock);
507 	devnamesp[major].dn_flags |= (DN_GLDV3_DRIVER | DN_NETWORK_DRIVER);
508 	UNLOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock);
509 	if (ops != NULL)
510 		dld_init_ops(ops, name);
511 }
512 
513 void
514 mac_fini_ops(struct dev_ops *ops)
515 {
516 	dld_fini_ops(ops);
517 }
518 
519 /*ARGSUSED*/
520 static int
521 i_mac_constructor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag)
522 {
523 	mac_impl_t	*mip = buf;
524 
525 	bzero(buf, sizeof (mac_impl_t));
526 
527 	mip->mi_linkstate = LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN;
528 
529 	rw_init(&mip->mi_rw_lock, NULL, RW_DRIVER, NULL);
530 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_notify_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL);
531 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_promisc_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL);
532 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_ring_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
533 
534 	mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_notify_lock;
535 	cv_init(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL);
536 	mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_promisc_lock;
537 	cv_init(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL);
538 
539 	mutex_init(&mip->mi_bridge_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
540 
541 	return (0);
542 }
543 
544 /*ARGSUSED*/
545 static void
546 i_mac_destructor(void *buf, void *arg)
547 {
548 	mac_impl_t	*mip = buf;
549 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
550 
551 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ref == 0);
552 	ASSERT(mip->mi_active == 0);
553 	ASSERT(mip->mi_linkstate == LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN);
554 	ASSERT(mip->mi_devpromisc == 0);
555 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ksp == NULL);
556 	ASSERT(mip->mi_kstat_count == 0);
557 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nclients == 0);
558 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0);
559 	ASSERT(mip->mi_single_active_client == NULL);
560 	ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags == 0);
561 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL);
562 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0);
563 	ASSERT(mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL);
564 
565 	mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info;
566 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0);
567 	ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_bits == 0);
568 	ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_thread == NULL);
569 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_notify_lock);
570 	mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL;
571 
572 	mcbi = &mip->mi_promisc_cb_info;
573 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL);
574 	ASSERT(mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL);
575 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_promisc_lock);
576 	mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL;
577 
578 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0 && mip->mi_bcast_grp == NULL);
579 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == NULL && mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
580 
581 	rw_destroy(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
582 
583 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_lock);
584 	cv_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv);
585 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_lock);
586 	cv_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv);
587 	mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
588 
589 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL);
590 }
591 
592 /* ARGSUSED */
593 static int
594 i_mac_ring_ctor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag)
595 {
596 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf;
597 
598 	bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t));
599 	cv_init(&ring->mr_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL);
600 	mutex_init(&ring->mr_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL);
601 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
602 	return (0);
603 }
604 
605 /* ARGSUSED */
606 static void
607 i_mac_ring_dtor(void *buf, void *arg)
608 {
609 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf;
610 
611 	cv_destroy(&ring->mr_cv);
612 	mutex_destroy(&ring->mr_lock);
613 }
614 
615 /*
616  * Common functions to do mac callback addition and deletion. Currently this is
617  * used by promisc callbacks and notify callbacks. List addition and deletion
618  * need to take care of list walkers. List walkers in general, can't hold list
619  * locks and make upcall callbacks due to potential lock order and recursive
620  * reentry issues. Instead list walkers increment the list walker count to mark
621  * the presence of a walker thread. Addition can be carefully done to ensure
622  * that the list walker always sees either the old list or the new list.
623  * However the deletion can't be done while the walker is active, instead the
624  * deleting thread simply marks the entry as logically deleted. The last walker
625  * physically deletes and frees up the logically deleted entries when the walk
626  * is complete.
627  */
628 void
629 mac_callback_add(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head,
630     mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
631 {
632 	mac_cb_t	*p;
633 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
634 
635 	/* Verify it is not already in the list */
636 	for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) {
637 		if (p == mcb_elem)
638 			break;
639 	}
640 	VERIFY(p == NULL);
641 
642 	/*
643 	 * Add it to the head of the callback list. The membar ensures that
644 	 * the following list pointer manipulations reach global visibility
645 	 * in exactly the program order below.
646 	 */
647 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
648 
649 	mcb_elem->mcb_nextp = *mcb_head;
650 	membar_producer();
651 	*mcb_head = mcb_elem;
652 }
653 
654 /*
655  * Mark the entry as logically deleted. If there aren't any walkers unlink
656  * from the list. In either case return the corresponding status.
657  */
658 boolean_t
659 mac_callback_remove(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head,
660     mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
661 {
662 	mac_cb_t	*p;
663 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
664 
665 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
666 	/*
667 	 * Search the callback list for the entry to be removed
668 	 */
669 	for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) {
670 		if (p == mcb_elem)
671 			break;
672 	}
673 	VERIFY(p != NULL);
674 
675 	/*
676 	 * If there are walkers just mark it as deleted and the last walker
677 	 * will remove from the list and free it.
678 	 */
679 	if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) {
680 		p->mcb_flags |= MCB_CONDEMNED;
681 		mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt++;
682 		return (B_FALSE);
683 	}
684 
685 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0);
686 	*pp = p->mcb_nextp;
687 	p->mcb_nextp = NULL;
688 	return (B_TRUE);
689 }
690 
691 /*
692  * Wait for all pending callback removals to be completed
693  */
694 void
695 mac_callback_remove_wait(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi)
696 {
697 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
698 	while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) {
699 		DTRACE_PROBE1(need_wait, mac_cb_info_t *, mcbi);
700 		cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
701 	}
702 }
703 
704 /*
705  * The last mac callback walker does the cleanup. Walk the list and unlik
706  * all the logically deleted entries and construct a temporary list of
707  * removed entries. Return the list of removed entries to the caller.
708  */
709 mac_cb_t *
710 mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head)
711 {
712 	mac_cb_t	*p;
713 	mac_cb_t	**pp;
714 	mac_cb_t	*rmlist = NULL;		/* List of removed elements */
715 	int	cnt = 0;
716 
717 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp));
718 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0);
719 
720 	pp = mcb_head;
721 	while (*pp != NULL) {
722 		if ((*pp)->mcb_flags & MCB_CONDEMNED) {
723 			p = *pp;
724 			*pp = p->mcb_nextp;
725 			p->mcb_nextp = rmlist;
726 			rmlist = p;
727 			cnt++;
728 			continue;
729 		}
730 		pp = &(*pp)->mcb_nextp;
731 	}
732 
733 	ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == cnt);
734 	mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt = 0;
735 	return (rmlist);
736 }
737 
738 boolean_t
739 mac_callback_lookup(mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
740 {
741 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
742 
743 	/* Verify it is not already in the list */
744 	for (mcb = *mcb_headp; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb->mcb_nextp) {
745 		if (mcb == mcb_elem)
746 			return (B_TRUE);
747 	}
748 
749 	return (B_FALSE);
750 }
751 
752 boolean_t
753 mac_callback_find(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem)
754 {
755 	boolean_t	found;
756 
757 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
758 	found = mac_callback_lookup(mcb_headp, mcb_elem);
759 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
760 
761 	return (found);
762 }
763 
764 /* Free the list of removed callbacks */
765 void
766 mac_callback_free(mac_cb_t *rmlist)
767 {
768 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
769 	mac_cb_t	*mcb_next;
770 
771 	for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) {
772 		mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp;
773 		kmem_free(mcb->mcb_objp, mcb->mcb_objsize);
774 	}
775 }
776 
777 /*
778  * The promisc callbacks are in 2 lists, one off the 'mip' and another off the
779  * 'mcip' threaded by mpi_mi_link and mpi_mci_link respectively. However there
780  * is only a single shared total walker count, and an entry can't be physically
781  * unlinked if a walker is active on either list. The last walker does this
782  * cleanup of logically deleted entries.
783  */
784 void
785 i_mac_promisc_walker_cleanup(mac_impl_t *mip)
786 {
787 	mac_cb_t	*rmlist;
788 	mac_cb_t	*mcb;
789 	mac_cb_t	*mcb_next;
790 	mac_promisc_impl_t	*mpip;
791 
792 	/*
793 	 * Construct a temporary list of deleted callbacks by walking the
794 	 * the mi_promisc_list. Then for each entry in the temporary list,
795 	 * remove it from the mci_promisc_list and free the entry.
796 	 */
797 	rmlist = mac_callback_walker_cleanup(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info,
798 	    &mip->mi_promisc_list);
799 
800 	for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) {
801 		mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp;
802 		mpip = (mac_promisc_impl_t *)mcb->mcb_objp;
803 		VERIFY(mac_callback_remove(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info,
804 		    &mpip->mpi_mcip->mci_promisc_list, &mpip->mpi_mci_link));
805 		mcb->mcb_flags = 0;
806 		mcb->mcb_nextp = NULL;
807 		kmem_cache_free(mac_promisc_impl_cache, mpip);
808 	}
809 }
810 
811 void
812 i_mac_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_notify_type_t type)
813 {
814 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
815 
816 	/*
817 	 * Signal the notify thread even after mi_ref has become zero and
818 	 * mi_disabled is set. The synchronization with the notify thread
819 	 * happens in mac_unregister and that implies the driver must make
820 	 * sure it is single-threaded (with respect to mac calls) and that
821 	 * all pending mac calls have returned before it calls mac_unregister
822 	 */
823 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
824 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED)
825 		goto exit;
826 
827 	/*
828 	 * Guard against incorrect notifications.  (Running a newer
829 	 * mac client against an older implementation?)
830 	 */
831 	if (type >= MAC_NNOTE)
832 		goto exit;
833 
834 	mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info;
835 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
836 	mip->mi_notify_bits |= (1 << type);
837 	cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv);
838 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
839 
840 exit:
841 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
842 }
843 
844 /*
845  * Mac serialization primitives. Please see the block comment at the
846  * top of the file.
847  */
848 void
849 i_mac_perim_enter(mac_impl_t *mip)
850 {
851 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
852 
853 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
854 		/*
855 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
856 		 * we want to serialize on.
857 		 */
858 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
859 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
860 	}
861 
862 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
863 	if (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread) {
864 		mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
865 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
866 		return;
867 	}
868 
869 	while (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL)
870 		cv_wait(&mip->mi_perim_cv, &mip->mi_perim_lock);
871 
872 	mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread;
873 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
874 	mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
875 #ifdef DEBUG
876 	mip->mi_perim_stack_depth = getpcstack(mip->mi_perim_stack,
877 	    MAC_PERIM_STACK_DEPTH);
878 #endif
879 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
880 }
881 
882 int
883 i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mac_impl_t *mip)
884 {
885 	/*
886 	 * The vnic is a special case, since the serialization is done based
887 	 * on the lower mac. If the lower mac is busy, it does not imply the
888 	 * vnic can't be unregistered. But in the case of other drivers,
889 	 * a busy perimeter or open mac handles implies that the mac is busy
890 	 * and can't be unregistered.
891 	 */
892 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
893 		i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
894 		return (0);
895 	}
896 
897 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
898 	if (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) {
899 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
900 		return (EBUSY);
901 	}
902 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0);
903 	mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread;
904 	mip->mi_perim_ocnt++;
905 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
906 
907 	return (0);
908 }
909 
910 void
911 i_mac_perim_exit(mac_impl_t *mip)
912 {
913 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
914 
915 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
916 		/*
917 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
918 		 * we want to serialize on.
919 		 */
920 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
921 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
922 	}
923 
924 	ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread && mip->mi_perim_ocnt != 0);
925 
926 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
927 	if (--mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0) {
928 		mip->mi_perim_owner = NULL;
929 		cv_signal(&mip->mi_perim_cv);
930 	}
931 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock);
932 }
933 
934 /*
935  * Returns whether the current thread holds the mac perimeter. Used in making
936  * assertions.
937  */
938 boolean_t
939 mac_perim_held(mac_handle_t mh)
940 {
941 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
942 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
943 
944 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) {
945 		/*
946 		 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what
947 		 * we want to serialize on.
948 		 */
949 		mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip);
950 		mip = mcip->mci_mip;
951 	}
952 	return (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread);
953 }
954 
955 /*
956  * mac client interfaces to enter the mac perimeter of a mac end point, given
957  * its mac handle, or macname or linkid.
958  */
959 void
960 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
961 {
962 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
963 
964 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
965 	/*
966 	 * The mac_perim_handle_t returned encodes the 'mip' and whether a
967 	 * mac_open has been done internally while entering the perimeter.
968 	 * This information is used in mac_perim_exit
969 	 */
970 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mip, 0);
971 }
972 
973 int
974 mac_perim_enter_by_macname(const char *name, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
975 {
976 	int	err;
977 	mac_handle_t	mh;
978 
979 	if ((err = mac_open(name, &mh)) != 0)
980 		return (err);
981 
982 	mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp);
983 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1);
984 	return (0);
985 }
986 
987 int
988 mac_perim_enter_by_linkid(datalink_id_t linkid, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp)
989 {
990 	int	err;
991 	mac_handle_t	mh;
992 
993 	if ((err = mac_open_by_linkid(linkid, &mh)) != 0)
994 		return (err);
995 
996 	mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp);
997 	MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1);
998 	return (0);
999 }
1000 
1001 void
1002 mac_perim_exit(mac_perim_handle_t mph)
1003 {
1004 	mac_impl_t	*mip;
1005 	boolean_t	need_close;
1006 
1007 	MAC_DECODE_MPH(mph, mip, need_close);
1008 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1009 	if (need_close)
1010 		mac_close((mac_handle_t)mip);
1011 }
1012 
1013 int
1014 mac_hold(const char *macname, mac_impl_t **pmip)
1015 {
1016 	mac_impl_t	*mip;
1017 	int		err;
1018 
1019 	/*
1020 	 * Check the device name length to make sure it won't overflow our
1021 	 * buffer.
1022 	 */
1023 	if (strlen(macname) >= MAXNAMELEN)
1024 		return (EINVAL);
1025 
1026 	/*
1027 	 * Look up its entry in the global hash table.
1028 	 */
1029 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
1030 	err = mod_hash_find(i_mac_impl_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)macname,
1031 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mip);
1032 
1033 	if (err != 0) {
1034 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1035 		return (ENOENT);
1036 	}
1037 
1038 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
1039 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1040 		return (ENOENT);
1041 	}
1042 
1043 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE_HELD) {
1044 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1045 		return (EBUSY);
1046 	}
1047 
1048 	mip->mi_ref++;
1049 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1050 
1051 	*pmip = mip;
1052 	return (0);
1053 }
1054 
1055 void
1056 mac_rele(mac_impl_t *mip)
1057 {
1058 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
1059 	ASSERT(mip->mi_ref != 0);
1060 	if (--mip->mi_ref == 0) {
1061 		ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0 &&
1062 		    !(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE));
1063 	}
1064 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
1065 }
1066 
1067 /*
1068  * Private GLDv3 function to start a MAC instance.
1069  */
1070 int
1071 mac_start(mac_handle_t mh)
1072 {
1073 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1074 	int		err = 0;
1075 	mac_group_t	*defgrp;
1076 
1077 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1078 	ASSERT(mip->mi_start != NULL);
1079 
1080 	/*
1081 	 * Check whether the device is already started.
1082 	 */
1083 	if (mip->mi_active++ == 0) {
1084 		mac_ring_t *ring = NULL;
1085 
1086 		/*
1087 		 * Start the device.
1088 		 */
1089 		err = mip->mi_start(mip->mi_driver);
1090 		if (err != 0) {
1091 			mip->mi_active--;
1092 			return (err);
1093 		}
1094 
1095 		/*
1096 		 * Start the default tx ring.
1097 		 */
1098 		if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) {
1099 
1100 			ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
1101 			if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
1102 				err = mac_start_ring(ring);
1103 				if (err != 0) {
1104 					mip->mi_active--;
1105 					return (err);
1106 				}
1107 			}
1108 		}
1109 
1110 		if ((defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) {
1111 			/*
1112 			 * Start the default ring, since it will be needed
1113 			 * to receive broadcast and multicast traffic for
1114 			 * both primary and non-primary MAC clients.
1115 			 */
1116 			ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
1117 			err = mac_start_group_and_rings(defgrp);
1118 			if (err != 0) {
1119 				mip->mi_active--;
1120 				if ((ring != NULL) &&
1121 				    (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE))
1122 					mac_stop_ring(ring);
1123 				return (err);
1124 			}
1125 			mac_set_group_state(defgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
1126 		}
1127 	}
1128 
1129 	return (err);
1130 }
1131 
1132 /*
1133  * Private GLDv3 function to stop a MAC instance.
1134  */
1135 void
1136 mac_stop(mac_handle_t mh)
1137 {
1138 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1139 	mac_group_t	*grp;
1140 
1141 	ASSERT(mip->mi_stop != NULL);
1142 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1143 
1144 	/*
1145 	 * Check whether the device is still needed.
1146 	 */
1147 	ASSERT(mip->mi_active != 0);
1148 	if (--mip->mi_active == 0) {
1149 		if ((grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) {
1150 			/*
1151 			 * There should be no more active clients since the
1152 			 * MAC is being stopped. Stop the default RX group
1153 			 * and transition it back to registered state.
1154 			 *
1155 			 * When clients are torn down, the groups
1156 			 * are release via mac_release_rx_group which
1157 			 * knows the the default group is always in
1158 			 * started mode since broadcast uses it. So
1159 			 * we can assert that their are no clients
1160 			 * (since mac_bcast_add doesn't register itself
1161 			 * as a client) and group is in SHARED state.
1162 			 */
1163 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
1164 			ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp) &&
1165 			    mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0);
1166 			mac_stop_group_and_rings(grp);
1167 			mac_set_group_state(grp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
1168 		}
1169 
1170 		if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) {
1171 			mac_ring_t *ring;
1172 
1173 			ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring;
1174 			if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) {
1175 				mac_stop_ring(ring);
1176 				ring->mr_flag = 0;
1177 			}
1178 		}
1179 
1180 		/*
1181 		 * Stop the device.
1182 		 */
1183 		mip->mi_stop(mip->mi_driver);
1184 	}
1185 }
1186 
1187 int
1188 i_mac_promisc_set(mac_impl_t *mip, boolean_t on)
1189 {
1190 	int		err = 0;
1191 
1192 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
1193 	ASSERT(mip->mi_setpromisc != NULL);
1194 
1195 	if (on) {
1196 		/*
1197 		 * Enable promiscuous mode on the device if not yet enabled.
1198 		 */
1199 		if (mip->mi_devpromisc++ == 0) {
1200 			err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_TRUE);
1201 			if (err != 0) {
1202 				mip->mi_devpromisc--;
1203 				return (err);
1204 			}
1205 			i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC);
1206 		}
1207 	} else {
1208 		if (mip->mi_devpromisc == 0)
1209 			return (EPROTO);
1210 
1211 		/*
1212 		 * Disable promiscuous mode on the device if this is the last
1213 		 * enabling.
1214 		 */
1215 		if (--mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) {
1216 			err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_FALSE);
1217 			if (err != 0) {
1218 				mip->mi_devpromisc++;
1219 				return (err);
1220 			}
1221 			i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC);
1222 		}
1223 	}
1224 
1225 	return (0);
1226 }
1227 
1228 /*
1229  * The promiscuity state can change any time. If the caller needs to take
1230  * actions that are atomic with the promiscuity state, then the caller needs
1231  * to bracket the entire sequence with mac_perim_enter/exit
1232  */
1233 boolean_t
1234 mac_promisc_get(mac_handle_t mh)
1235 {
1236 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1237 
1238 	/*
1239 	 * Return the current promiscuity.
1240 	 */
1241 	return (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0);
1242 }
1243 
1244 /*
1245  * Invoked at MAC instance attach time to initialize the list
1246  * of factory MAC addresses supported by a MAC instance. This function
1247  * builds a local cache in the mac_impl_t for the MAC addresses
1248  * supported by the underlying hardware. The MAC clients themselves
1249  * use the mac_addr_factory*() functions to query and reserve
1250  * factory MAC addresses.
1251  */
1252 void
1253 mac_addr_factory_init(mac_impl_t *mip)
1254 {
1255 	mac_capab_multifactaddr_t capab;
1256 	uint8_t *addr;
1257 	int i;
1258 
1259 	/*
1260 	 * First round to see how many factory MAC addresses are available.
1261 	 */
1262 	bzero(&capab, sizeof (capab));
1263 	if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_MULTIFACTADDR,
1264 	    &capab) || (capab.mcm_naddr == 0)) {
1265 		/*
1266 		 * The MAC instance doesn't support multiple factory
1267 		 * MAC addresses, we're done here.
1268 		 */
1269 		return;
1270 	}
1271 
1272 	/*
1273 	 * Allocate the space and get all the factory addresses.
1274 	 */
1275 	addr = kmem_alloc(capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN, KM_SLEEP);
1276 	capab.mcm_getaddr(mip->mi_driver, capab.mcm_naddr, addr);
1277 
1278 	mip->mi_factory_addr_num = capab.mcm_naddr;
1279 	mip->mi_factory_addr = kmem_zalloc(mip->mi_factory_addr_num *
1280 	    sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t), KM_SLEEP);
1281 
1282 	for (i = 0; i < capab.mcm_naddr; i++) {
1283 		bcopy(addr + i * MAXMACADDRLEN,
1284 		    mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_addr,
1285 		    mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length);
1286 		mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE;
1287 	}
1288 
1289 	kmem_free(addr, capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN);
1290 }
1291 
1292 void
1293 mac_addr_factory_fini(mac_impl_t *mip)
1294 {
1295 	if (mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL) {
1296 		ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0);
1297 		return;
1298 	}
1299 
1300 	kmem_free(mip->mi_factory_addr, mip->mi_factory_addr_num *
1301 	    sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t));
1302 
1303 	mip->mi_factory_addr = NULL;
1304 	mip->mi_factory_addr_num = 0;
1305 }
1306 
1307 /*
1308  * Reserve a factory MAC address. If *slot is set to -1, the function
1309  * attempts to reserve any of the available factory MAC addresses and
1310  * returns the reserved slot id. If no slots are available, the function
1311  * returns ENOSPC. If *slot is not set to -1, the function reserves
1312  * the specified slot if it is available, or returns EBUSY is the slot
1313  * is already used. Returns ENOTSUP if the underlying MAC does not
1314  * support multiple factory addresses. If the slot number is not -1 but
1315  * is invalid, returns EINVAL.
1316  */
1317 int
1318 mac_addr_factory_reserve(mac_client_handle_t mch, int *slot)
1319 {
1320 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1321 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1322 	int i, ret = 0;
1323 
1324 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1325 	/*
1326 	 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent
1327 	 * view of the factory addresses
1328 	 */
1329 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
1330 
1331 	if (mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0) {
1332 		ret = ENOTSUP;
1333 		goto bail;
1334 	}
1335 
1336 	if (*slot != -1) {
1337 		/* check the specified slot */
1338 		if (*slot < 1 || *slot > mip->mi_factory_addr_num) {
1339 			ret = EINVAL;
1340 			goto bail;
1341 		}
1342 		if (mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use) {
1343 			ret = EBUSY;
1344 			goto bail;
1345 		}
1346 	} else {
1347 		/* pick the next available slot */
1348 		for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_factory_addr_num; i++) {
1349 			if (!mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use)
1350 				break;
1351 		}
1352 
1353 		if (i == mip->mi_factory_addr_num) {
1354 			ret = ENOSPC;
1355 			goto bail;
1356 		}
1357 		*slot = i+1;
1358 	}
1359 
1360 	mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_TRUE;
1361 	mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_client = mcip;
1362 
1363 bail:
1364 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1365 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1366 	return (ret);
1367 }
1368 
1369 /*
1370  * Release the specified factory MAC address slot.
1371  */
1372 void
1373 mac_addr_factory_release(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t slot)
1374 {
1375 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1376 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1377 
1378 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
1379 	/*
1380 	 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent
1381 	 * view of the factory addresses
1382 	 */
1383 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER);
1384 
1385 	ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1386 	ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use);
1387 
1388 	mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE;
1389 
1390 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1391 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
1392 }
1393 
1394 /*
1395  * Stores in mac_addr the value of the specified MAC address. Returns
1396  * 0 on success, or EINVAL if the slot number is not valid for the MAC.
1397  * The caller must provide a string of at least MAXNAMELEN bytes.
1398  */
1399 void
1400 mac_addr_factory_value(mac_handle_t mh, int slot, uchar_t *mac_addr,
1401     uint_t *addr_len, char *client_name, boolean_t *in_use_arg)
1402 {
1403 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1404 	boolean_t in_use;
1405 
1406 	ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1407 
1408 	/*
1409 	 * Readers need to hold mi_rw_lock. Writers need to hold mac perimeter
1410 	 * and mi_rw_lock
1411 	 */
1412 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER);
1413 	bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_addr, mac_addr, MAXMACADDRLEN);
1414 	*addr_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
1415 	in_use = mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use;
1416 	if (in_use && client_name != NULL) {
1417 		bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_client->mci_name,
1418 		    client_name, MAXNAMELEN);
1419 	}
1420 	if (in_use_arg != NULL)
1421 		*in_use_arg = in_use;
1422 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
1423 }
1424 
1425 /*
1426  * Returns the number of factory MAC addresses (in addition to the
1427  * primary MAC address), 0 if the underlying MAC doesn't support
1428  * that feature.
1429  */
1430 uint_t
1431 mac_addr_factory_num(mac_handle_t mh)
1432 {
1433 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
1434 
1435 	return (mip->mi_factory_addr_num);
1436 }
1437 
1438 
1439 void
1440 mac_rx_group_unmark(mac_group_t *grp, uint_t flag)
1441 {
1442 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
1443 
1444 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next)
1445 		ring->mr_flag &= ~flag;
1446 }
1447 
1448 /*
1449  * The following mac_hwrings_xxx() functions are private mac client functions
1450  * used by the aggr driver to access and control the underlying HW Rx group
1451  * and rings. In this case, the aggr driver has exclusive control of the
1452  * underlying HW Rx group/rings, it calls the following functions to
1453  * start/stop the HW Rx rings, disable/enable polling, add/remove mac'
1454  * addresses, or set up the Rx callback.
1455  */
1456 /* ARGSUSED */
1457 static void
1458 mac_hwrings_rx_process(void *arg, mac_resource_handle_t srs,
1459     mblk_t *mp_chain, boolean_t loopback)
1460 {
1461 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)srs;
1462 	mac_srs_rx_t		*srs_rx = &mac_srs->srs_rx;
1463 	mac_direct_rx_t		proc;
1464 	void			*arg1;
1465 	mac_resource_handle_t	arg2;
1466 
1467 	proc = srs_rx->sr_func;
1468 	arg1 = srs_rx->sr_arg1;
1469 	arg2 = mac_srs->srs_mrh;
1470 
1471 	proc(arg1, arg2, mp_chain, NULL);
1472 }
1473 
1474 /*
1475  * This function is called to get the list of HW rings that are reserved by
1476  * an exclusive mac client.
1477  *
1478  * Return value: the number of HW rings.
1479  */
1480 int
1481 mac_hwrings_get(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh,
1482     mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
1483 {
1484 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1485 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
1486 	mac_group_t		*grp;
1487 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
1488 	int			cnt = 0;
1489 
1490 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1491 		grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group;
1492 	} else if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
1493 		grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group;
1494 	} else {
1495 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
1496 		return (-1);
1497 	}
1498 	/*
1499 	 * The mac client did not reserve any RX group, return directly.
1500 	 * This is probably because the underlying MAC does not support
1501 	 * any groups.
1502 	 */
1503 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1504 		*hwgh = NULL;
1505 	if (grp == NULL)
1506 		return (0);
1507 	/*
1508 	 * This group must be reserved by this mac client.
1509 	 */
1510 	ASSERT((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) &&
1511 	    (mcip == MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp)));
1512 
1513 	for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) {
1514 		ASSERT(cnt < MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP);
1515 		hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
1516 	}
1517 	if (hwgh != NULL)
1518 		*hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp;
1519 
1520 	return (cnt);
1521 }
1522 
1523 /*
1524  * This function is called to get info about Tx/Rx rings.
1525  *
1526  * Return value: returns uint_t which will have various bits set
1527  * that indicates different properties of the ring.
1528  */
1529 uint_t
1530 mac_hwring_getinfo(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1531 {
1532 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1533 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1534 
1535 	return (info->mri_flags);
1536 }
1537 
1538 /*
1539  * Export ddi interrupt handles from the HW ring to the pseudo ring and
1540  * setup the RX callback of the mac client which exclusively controls
1541  * HW ring.
1542  */
1543 void
1544 mac_hwring_setup(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_resource_handle_t prh,
1545     mac_ring_handle_t pseudo_rh)
1546 {
1547 	mac_ring_t		*hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1548 	mac_ring_t		*pseudo_ring;
1549 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs;
1550 
1551 	if (pseudo_rh != NULL) {
1552 		pseudo_ring = (mac_ring_t *)pseudo_rh;
1553 		/* Export the ddi handles to pseudo ring */
1554 		pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle =
1555 		    hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle;
1556 		pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
1557 		    hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared;
1558 		/*
1559 		 * Save a pointer to pseudo ring in the hw ring. If
1560 		 * interrupt handle changes, the hw ring will be
1561 		 * notified of the change (see mac_ring_intr_set())
1562 		 * and the appropriate change has to be made to
1563 		 * the pseudo ring that has exported the ddi handle.
1564 		 */
1565 		hw_ring->mr_prh = pseudo_rh;
1566 	}
1567 
1568 	if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1569 		ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1570 		mac_srs->srs_mrh = prh;
1571 		mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_hwrings_rx_process;
1572 	}
1573 }
1574 
1575 void
1576 mac_hwring_teardown(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh)
1577 {
1578 	mac_ring_t		*hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh;
1579 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
1580 
1581 	if (hw_ring == NULL)
1582 		return;
1583 	hw_ring->mr_prh = NULL;
1584 	if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
1585 		mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs;
1586 		ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1587 		mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_rx_srs_process;
1588 		mac_srs->srs_mrh = NULL;
1589 	}
1590 }
1591 
1592 int
1593 mac_hwring_disable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1594 {
1595 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1596 	mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr;
1597 
1598 	return (intr->mi_disable(intr->mi_handle));
1599 }
1600 
1601 int
1602 mac_hwring_enable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1603 {
1604 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1605 	mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr;
1606 
1607 	return (intr->mi_enable(intr->mi_handle));
1608 }
1609 
1610 int
1611 mac_hwring_start(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1612 {
1613 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1614 
1615 	MAC_RING_UNMARK(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE);
1616 	return (0);
1617 }
1618 
1619 void
1620 mac_hwring_stop(mac_ring_handle_t rh)
1621 {
1622 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1623 
1624 	mac_rx_ring_quiesce(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE);
1625 }
1626 
1627 mblk_t *
1628 mac_hwring_poll(mac_ring_handle_t rh, int bytes_to_pickup)
1629 {
1630 	mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1631 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &rr_ring->mr_info;
1632 
1633 	return (info->mri_poll(info->mri_driver, bytes_to_pickup));
1634 }
1635 
1636 /*
1637  * Send packets through a selected tx ring.
1638  */
1639 mblk_t *
1640 mac_hwring_tx(mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
1641 {
1642 	mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1643 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1644 
1645 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
1646 	    ring->mr_state >= MR_INUSE);
1647 	return (info->mri_tx(info->mri_driver, mp));
1648 }
1649 
1650 /*
1651  * Query stats for a particular rx/tx ring
1652  */
1653 int
1654 mac_hwring_getstat(mac_ring_handle_t rh, uint_t stat, uint64_t *val)
1655 {
1656 	mac_ring_t	*ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh;
1657 	mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info;
1658 
1659 	return (info->mri_stat(info->mri_driver, stat, val));
1660 }
1661 
1662 /*
1663  * Private function that is only used by aggr to send packets through
1664  * a port/Tx ring. Since aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports
1665  * that does not expose Tx rings, aggr_ring_tx() entry point needs
1666  * access to mac_impl_t to send packets through m_tx() entry point.
1667  * It accomplishes this by calling mac_hwring_send_priv() function.
1668  */
1669 mblk_t *
1670 mac_hwring_send_priv(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
1671 {
1672 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
1673 	mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip;
1674 
1675 	MAC_TX(mip, rh, mp, mcip);
1676 	return (mp);
1677 }
1678 
1679 int
1680 mac_hwgroup_addmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr)
1681 {
1682 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
1683 
1684 	return (mac_group_addmac(group, addr));
1685 }
1686 
1687 int
1688 mac_hwgroup_remmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr)
1689 {
1690 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
1691 
1692 	return (mac_group_remmac(group, addr));
1693 }
1694 
1695 /*
1696  * Set the RX group to be shared/reserved. Note that the group must be
1697  * started/stopped outside of this function.
1698  */
1699 void
1700 mac_set_group_state(mac_group_t *grp, mac_group_state_t state)
1701 {
1702 	/*
1703 	 * If there is no change in the group state, just return.
1704 	 */
1705 	if (grp->mrg_state == state)
1706 		return;
1707 
1708 	switch (state) {
1709 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED:
1710 		/*
1711 		 * Successfully reserved the group.
1712 		 *
1713 		 * Given that there is an exclusive client controlling this
1714 		 * group, we enable the group level polling when available,
1715 		 * so that SRSs get to turn on/off individual rings they's
1716 		 * assigned to.
1717 		 */
1718 		ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh));
1719 
1720 		if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
1721 		    GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) {
1722 			GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp));
1723 		}
1724 		break;
1725 
1726 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED:
1727 		/*
1728 		 * Set all rings of this group to software classified.
1729 		 * If the group has an overriding interrupt, then re-enable it.
1730 		 */
1731 		ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh));
1732 
1733 		if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
1734 		    GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) {
1735 			GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp));
1736 		}
1737 		/* The ring is not available for reservations any more */
1738 		break;
1739 
1740 	case MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED:
1741 		/* Also callable from mac_register, perim is not held */
1742 		break;
1743 
1744 	default:
1745 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
1746 		break;
1747 	}
1748 
1749 	grp->mrg_state = state;
1750 }
1751 
1752 /*
1753  * Quiesce future hardware classified packets for the specified Rx ring
1754  */
1755 static void
1756 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *rx_ring, uint_t ring_flag)
1757 {
1758 	ASSERT(rx_ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER);
1759 	ASSERT(ring_flag == MR_CONDEMNED || ring_flag  == MR_QUIESCE);
1760 
1761 	mutex_enter(&rx_ring->mr_lock);
1762 	rx_ring->mr_flag |= ring_flag;
1763 	while (rx_ring->mr_refcnt != 0)
1764 		cv_wait(&rx_ring->mr_cv, &rx_ring->mr_lock);
1765 	mutex_exit(&rx_ring->mr_lock);
1766 }
1767 
1768 /*
1769  * Please see mac_tx for details about the per cpu locking scheme
1770  */
1771 static void
1772 mac_tx_lock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1773 {
1774 	int	i;
1775 
1776 	for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++)
1777 		mutex_enter(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
1778 }
1779 
1780 static void
1781 mac_tx_unlock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1782 {
1783 	int	i;
1784 
1785 	for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i >= 0; i--)
1786 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
1787 }
1788 
1789 static void
1790 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1791 {
1792 	int	i;
1793 
1794 	for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i > 0; i--)
1795 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock);
1796 }
1797 
1798 static int
1799 mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1800 {
1801 	int	i;
1802 	int	refcnt = 0;
1803 
1804 	for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++)
1805 		refcnt += mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_refcnt;
1806 
1807 	return (refcnt);
1808 }
1809 
1810 /*
1811  * Stop future Tx packets coming down from the client in preparation for
1812  * quiescing the Tx side. This is needed for dynamic reclaim and reassignment
1813  * of rings between clients
1814  */
1815 void
1816 mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1817 {
1818 	mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
1819 	mcip->mci_tx_flag |= MCI_TX_QUIESCE;
1820 	while (mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mcip) != 0) {
1821 		mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mcip);
1822 		cv_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_cv, &mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock);
1823 		mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock);
1824 		mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
1825 	}
1826 	mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip);
1827 }
1828 
1829 void
1830 mac_tx_client_unblock(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
1831 {
1832 	mac_tx_lock_all(mcip);
1833 	mcip->mci_tx_flag &= ~MCI_TX_QUIESCE;
1834 	mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip);
1835 	/*
1836 	 * We may fail to disable flow control for the last MAC_NOTE_TX
1837 	 * notification because the MAC client is quiesced. Send the
1838 	 * notification again.
1839 	 */
1840 	i_mac_notify(mcip->mci_mip, MAC_NOTE_TX);
1841 }
1842 
1843 /*
1844  * Wait for an SRS to quiesce. The SRS worker will signal us when the
1845  * quiesce is done.
1846  */
1847 static void
1848 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_flag)
1849 {
1850 	mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock);
1851 	while (!(srs->srs_state & srs_flag))
1852 		cv_wait(&srs->srs_quiesce_done_cv, &srs->srs_lock);
1853 	mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock);
1854 }
1855 
1856 /*
1857  * Quiescing an Rx SRS is achieved by the following sequence. The protocol
1858  * works bottom up by cutting off packet flow from the bottommost point in the
1859  * mac, then the SRS, and then the soft rings. There are 2 use cases of this
1860  * mechanism. One is a temporary quiesce of the SRS, such as say while changing
1861  * the Rx callbacks. Another use case is Rx SRS teardown. In the former case
1862  * the QUIESCE prefix/suffix is used and in the latter the CONDEMNED is used
1863  * for the SRS and MR flags. In the former case the threads pause waiting for
1864  * a restart, while in the latter case the threads exit. The Tx SRS teardown
1865  * is also mostly similar to the above.
1866  *
1867  * 1. Stop future hardware classified packets at the lowest level in the mac.
1868  *    Remove any hardware classification rule (CONDEMNED case) and mark the
1869  *    rings as CONDEMNED or QUIESCE as appropriate. This prevents the mr_refcnt
1870  *    from increasing. Upcalls from the driver that come through hardware
1871  *    classification will be dropped in mac_rx from now on. Then we wait for
1872  *    the mr_refcnt to drop to zero. When the mr_refcnt reaches zero we are
1873  *    sure there aren't any upcall threads from the driver through hardware
1874  *    classification. In the case of SRS teardown we also remove the
1875  *    classification rule in the driver.
1876  *
1877  * 2. Stop future software classified packets by marking the flow entry with
1878  *    FE_QUIESCE or FE_CONDEMNED as appropriate which prevents the refcnt from
1879  *    increasing. We also remove the flow entry from the table in the latter
1880  *    case. Then wait for the fe_refcnt to reach an appropriate quiescent value
1881  *    that indicates there aren't any active threads using that flow entry.
1882  *
1883  * 3. Quiesce the SRS and softrings by signaling the SRS. The SRS poll thread,
1884  *    SRS worker thread, and the soft ring threads are quiesced in sequence
1885  *    with the SRS worker thread serving as a master controller. This
1886  *    mechansim is explained in mac_srs_worker_quiesce().
1887  *
1888  * The restart mechanism to reactivate the SRS and softrings is explained
1889  * in mac_srs_worker_restart(). Here we just signal the SRS worker to start the
1890  * restart sequence.
1891  */
1892 void
1893 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag)
1894 {
1895 	flow_entry_t	*flent = srs->srs_flent;
1896 	uint_t	mr_flag, srs_done_flag;
1897 
1898 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent)));
1899 	ASSERT(!(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX));
1900 
1901 	if (srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED) {
1902 		mr_flag = MR_CONDEMNED;
1903 		srs_done_flag = SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE;
1904 		if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_ENABLED)
1905 			mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
1906 	} else {
1907 		ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE);
1908 		mr_flag = MR_QUIESCE;
1909 		srs_done_flag = SRS_QUIESCE_DONE;
1910 		if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_ENABLED)
1911 			mac_srs_client_poll_quiesce(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
1912 	}
1913 
1914 	if (srs->srs_ring != NULL) {
1915 		mac_rx_ring_quiesce(srs->srs_ring, mr_flag);
1916 	} else {
1917 		/*
1918 		 * SRS is driven by software classification. In case
1919 		 * of CONDEMNED, the top level teardown functions will
1920 		 * deal with flow removal.
1921 		 */
1922 		if (srs_quiesce_flag != SRS_CONDEMNED) {
1923 			FLOW_MARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE);
1924 			mac_flow_wait(flent, FLOW_DRIVER_UPCALL);
1925 		}
1926 	}
1927 
1928 	/*
1929 	 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the
1930 	 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us
1931 	 * up when the quiesce is complete
1932 	 */
1933 	mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag);
1934 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_done_flag);
1935 }
1936 
1937 /*
1938  * Remove an SRS.
1939  */
1940 void
1941 mac_rx_srs_remove(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
1942 {
1943 	flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent;
1944 	int i;
1945 
1946 	mac_rx_srs_quiesce(srs, SRS_CONDEMNED);
1947 	/*
1948 	 * Locate and remove our entry in the fe_rx_srs[] array, and
1949 	 * adjust the fe_rx_srs array entries and array count by
1950 	 * moving the last entry into the vacated spot.
1951 	 */
1952 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
1953 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
1954 		if (flent->fe_rx_srs[i] == srs)
1955 			break;
1956 	}
1957 
1958 	ASSERT(i != 0 && i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt);
1959 	if (i != flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1) {
1960 		flent->fe_rx_srs[i] =
1961 		    flent->fe_rx_srs[flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1];
1962 		i = flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1;
1963 	}
1964 
1965 	flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = NULL;
1966 	flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt--;
1967 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
1968 
1969 	mac_srs_free(srs);
1970 }
1971 
1972 static void
1973 mac_srs_clear_flag(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t flag)
1974 {
1975 	mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock);
1976 	srs->srs_state &= ~flag;
1977 	mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock);
1978 }
1979 
1980 void
1981 mac_rx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
1982 {
1983 	flow_entry_t	*flent = srs->srs_flent;
1984 	mac_ring_t	*mr;
1985 
1986 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent)));
1987 	ASSERT((srs->srs_type & SRST_TX) == 0);
1988 
1989 	/*
1990 	 * This handles a change in the number of SRSs between the quiesce and
1991 	 * and restart operation of a flow.
1992 	 */
1993 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs))
1994 		return;
1995 
1996 	/*
1997 	 * Signal the SRS to restart itself. Wait for the restart to complete
1998 	 * Note that we only restart the SRS if it is not marked as
1999 	 * permanently quiesced.
2000 	 */
2001 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED_PERMANENT(srs)) {
2002 		mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART);
2003 		mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2004 		mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2005 
2006 		mac_srs_client_poll_restart(srs->srs_mcip, srs);
2007 	}
2008 
2009 	/* Finally clear the flags to let the packets in */
2010 	mr = srs->srs_ring;
2011 	if (mr != NULL) {
2012 		MAC_RING_UNMARK(mr, MR_QUIESCE);
2013 		/* In case the ring was stopped, safely restart it */
2014 		if (mr->mr_state != MR_INUSE)
2015 			(void) mac_start_ring(mr);
2016 	} else {
2017 		FLOW_UNMARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE);
2018 	}
2019 }
2020 
2021 /*
2022  * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS.
2023  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem.
2024  */
2025 /* ARGSUSED */
2026 int
2027 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2028 {
2029 	int		i;
2030 
2031 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2032 		mac_rx_srs_quiesce((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i],
2033 		    SRS_QUIESCE);
2034 	}
2035 	return (0);
2036 }
2037 
2038 /*
2039  * Restart a flow and associated Rx SRS that has been quiesced temporarily
2040  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem
2041  */
2042 /* ARGSUSED */
2043 int
2044 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2045 {
2046 	int		i;
2047 
2048 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++)
2049 		mac_rx_srs_restart((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]);
2050 
2051 	return (0);
2052 }
2053 
2054 void
2055 mac_srs_perm_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, boolean_t on)
2056 {
2057 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2058 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
2059 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2060 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
2061 	int			i;
2062 
2063 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2064 
2065 	if (flent == NULL)
2066 		return;
2067 
2068 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
2069 		mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
2070 		mutex_enter(&mac_srs->srs_lock);
2071 		if (on)
2072 			mac_srs->srs_state |= SRS_QUIESCE_PERM;
2073 		else
2074 			mac_srs->srs_state &= ~SRS_QUIESCE_PERM;
2075 		mutex_exit(&mac_srs->srs_lock);
2076 	}
2077 }
2078 
2079 void
2080 mac_rx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2081 {
2082 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2083 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2084 
2085 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2086 
2087 	if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
2088 		(void) mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(mcip->mci_flent,
2089 		    NULL);
2090 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2091 		    mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce, NULL);
2092 	}
2093 }
2094 
2095 void
2096 mac_rx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2097 {
2098 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2099 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
2100 
2101 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
2102 
2103 	if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
2104 		(void) mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(mcip->mci_flent, NULL);
2105 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2106 		    mac_rx_classify_flow_restart, NULL);
2107 	}
2108 }
2109 
2110 /*
2111  * This function only quiesces the Tx SRS and softring worker threads. Callers
2112  * need to make sure that there aren't any mac client threads doing current or
2113  * future transmits in the mac before calling this function.
2114  */
2115 void
2116 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2117 {
2118 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = srs->srs_mcip;
2119 
2120 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2121 
2122 	ASSERT(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX);
2123 	ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED ||
2124 	    srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE);
2125 
2126 	/*
2127 	 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the
2128 	 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us
2129 	 * up when the quiesce is complete
2130 	 */
2131 	mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag);
2132 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE ?
2133 	    SRS_QUIESCE_DONE : SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE);
2134 }
2135 
2136 void
2137 mac_tx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs)
2138 {
2139 	/*
2140 	 * Resizing the fanout could result in creation of new SRSs.
2141 	 * They may not necessarily be in the quiesced state in which
2142 	 * case it need be restarted
2143 	 */
2144 	if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs))
2145 		return;
2146 
2147 	mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART);
2148 	mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2149 	mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE);
2150 }
2151 
2152 /*
2153  * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS.
2154  * Please see block comment above mac_rx_srs_quiesce
2155  */
2156 /* ARGSUSED */
2157 int
2158 mac_tx_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2159 {
2160 	/*
2161 	 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is
2162 	 * not plumbed
2163 	 */
2164 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
2165 		mac_tx_srs_quiesce(flent->fe_tx_srs, SRS_QUIESCE);
2166 	return (0);
2167 }
2168 
2169 /* ARGSUSED */
2170 int
2171 mac_tx_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2172 {
2173 	/*
2174 	 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is
2175 	 * not plumbed
2176 	 */
2177 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
2178 		mac_tx_srs_restart(flent->fe_tx_srs);
2179 	return (0);
2180 }
2181 
2182 static void
2183 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag)
2184 {
2185 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2186 
2187 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2188 
2189 	mac_tx_client_block(mcip);
2190 	if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) {
2191 		mac_tx_srs_quiesce(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip), srs_quiesce_flag);
2192 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2193 		    mac_tx_flow_quiesce, NULL);
2194 	}
2195 }
2196 
2197 void
2198 mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2199 {
2200 	i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_QUIESCE);
2201 }
2202 
2203 void
2204 mac_tx_client_condemn(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2205 {
2206 	i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_CONDEMNED);
2207 }
2208 
2209 void
2210 mac_tx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch)
2211 {
2212 	mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
2213 
2214 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2215 
2216 	mac_tx_client_unblock(mcip);
2217 	if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) {
2218 		mac_tx_srs_restart(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip));
2219 		(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab,
2220 		    mac_tx_flow_restart, NULL);
2221 	}
2222 }
2223 
2224 void
2225 mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2226 {
2227 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
2228 
2229 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2230 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2231 }
2232 
2233 void
2234 mac_client_quiesce(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2235 {
2236 	mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2237 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2238 }
2239 
2240 void
2241 mac_client_restart(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
2242 {
2243 	mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2244 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
2245 }
2246 
2247 /*
2248  * Allocate a minor number.
2249  */
2250 minor_t
2251 mac_minor_hold(boolean_t sleep)
2252 {
2253 	minor_t	minor;
2254 
2255 	/*
2256 	 * Grab a value from the arena.
2257 	 */
2258 	atomic_add_32(&minor_count, 1);
2259 
2260 	if (sleep)
2261 		minor = (uint_t)id_alloc(minor_ids);
2262 	else
2263 		minor = (uint_t)id_alloc_nosleep(minor_ids);
2264 
2265 	if (minor == 0) {
2266 		atomic_add_32(&minor_count, -1);
2267 		return (0);
2268 	}
2269 
2270 	return (minor);
2271 }
2272 
2273 /*
2274  * Release a previously allocated minor number.
2275  */
2276 void
2277 mac_minor_rele(minor_t minor)
2278 {
2279 	/*
2280 	 * Return the value to the arena.
2281 	 */
2282 	id_free(minor_ids, minor);
2283 	atomic_add_32(&minor_count, -1);
2284 }
2285 
2286 uint32_t
2287 mac_no_notification(mac_handle_t mh)
2288 {
2289 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2290 
2291 	return (((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) != 0) ?
2292 	    mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_unsup_note : 0);
2293 }
2294 
2295 /*
2296  * Prevent any new opens of this mac in preparation for unregister
2297  */
2298 int
2299 i_mac_disable(mac_impl_t *mip)
2300 {
2301 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
2302 
2303 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
2304 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
2305 		/* Already disabled, return success */
2306 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2307 		return (0);
2308 	}
2309 	/*
2310 	 * See if there are any other references to this mac_t (e.g., VLAN's).
2311 	 * If so return failure. If all the other checks below pass, then
2312 	 * set mi_disabled atomically under the i_mac_impl_lock to prevent
2313 	 * any new VLAN's from being created or new mac client opens of this
2314 	 * mac end point.
2315 	 */
2316 	if (mip->mi_ref > 0) {
2317 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2318 		return (EBUSY);
2319 	}
2320 
2321 	/*
2322 	 * mac clients must delete all multicast groups they join before
2323 	 * closing. bcast groups are reference counted, the last client
2324 	 * to delete the group will wait till the group is physically
2325 	 * deleted. Since all clients have closed this mac end point
2326 	 * mi_bcast_ngrps must be zero at this point
2327 	 */
2328 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0);
2329 
2330 	/*
2331 	 * Don't let go of this if it has some flows.
2332 	 * All other code guarantees no flows are added to a disabled
2333 	 * mac, therefore it is sufficient to check for the flow table
2334 	 * only here.
2335 	 */
2336 	mcip = mac_primary_client_handle(mip);
2337 	if ((mcip != NULL) && mac_link_has_flows((mac_client_handle_t)mcip)) {
2338 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2339 		return (ENOTEMPTY);
2340 	}
2341 
2342 	mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_DISABLED;
2343 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2344 	return (0);
2345 }
2346 
2347 int
2348 mac_disable_nowait(mac_handle_t mh)
2349 {
2350 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2351 	int err;
2352 
2353 	if ((err = i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mip)) != 0)
2354 		return (err);
2355 	err = i_mac_disable(mip);
2356 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
2357 	return (err);
2358 }
2359 
2360 int
2361 mac_disable(mac_handle_t mh)
2362 {
2363 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2364 	int err;
2365 
2366 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
2367 	err = i_mac_disable(mip);
2368 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
2369 
2370 	/*
2371 	 * Clean up notification thread and wait for it to exit.
2372 	 */
2373 	if (err == 0)
2374 		i_mac_notify_exit(mip);
2375 
2376 	return (err);
2377 }
2378 
2379 /*
2380  * Called when the MAC instance has a non empty flow table, to de-multiplex
2381  * incoming packets to the right flow.
2382  * The MAC's rw lock is assumed held as a READER.
2383  */
2384 /* ARGSUSED */
2385 static mblk_t *
2386 mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp)
2387 {
2388 	flow_entry_t	*flent = NULL;
2389 	uint_t		flags = FLOW_INBOUND;
2390 	int		err;
2391 
2392 	/*
2393 	 * If the mac is a port of an aggregation, pass FLOW_IGNORE_VLAN
2394 	 * to mac_flow_lookup() so that the VLAN packets can be successfully
2395 	 * passed to the non-VLAN aggregation flows.
2396 	 *
2397 	 * Note that there is possibly a race between this and
2398 	 * mac_unicast_remove/add() and VLAN packets could be incorrectly
2399 	 * classified to non-VLAN flows of non-aggregation mac clients. These
2400 	 * VLAN packets will be then filtered out by the mac module.
2401 	 */
2402 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE) != 0)
2403 		flags |= FLOW_IGNORE_VLAN;
2404 
2405 	err = mac_flow_lookup(mip->mi_flow_tab, mp, flags, &flent);
2406 	if (err != 0) {
2407 		/* no registered receive function */
2408 		return (mp);
2409 	} else {
2410 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
2411 
2412 		/*
2413 		 * This flent might just be an additional one on the MAC client,
2414 		 * i.e. for classification purposes (different fdesc), however
2415 		 * the resources, SRS et. al., are in the mci_flent, so if
2416 		 * this isn't the mci_flent, we need to get it.
2417 		 */
2418 		if ((mcip = flent->fe_mcip) != NULL &&
2419 		    mcip->mci_flent != flent) {
2420 			FLOW_REFRELE(flent);
2421 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
2422 			FLOW_TRY_REFHOLD(flent, err);
2423 			if (err != 0)
2424 				return (mp);
2425 		}
2426 		(flent->fe_cb_fn)(flent->fe_cb_arg1, flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp,
2427 		    B_FALSE);
2428 		FLOW_REFRELE(flent);
2429 	}
2430 	return (NULL);
2431 }
2432 
2433 mblk_t *
2434 mac_rx_flow(mac_handle_t mh, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp_chain)
2435 {
2436 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2437 	mblk_t		*bp, *bp1, **bpp, *list = NULL;
2438 
2439 	/*
2440 	 * We walk the chain and attempt to classify each packet.
2441 	 * The packets that couldn't be classified will be returned
2442 	 * back to the caller.
2443 	 */
2444 	bp = mp_chain;
2445 	bpp = &list;
2446 	while (bp != NULL) {
2447 		bp1 = bp;
2448 		bp = bp->b_next;
2449 		bp1->b_next = NULL;
2450 
2451 		if (mac_rx_classify(mip, mrh, bp1) != NULL) {
2452 			*bpp = bp1;
2453 			bpp = &bp1->b_next;
2454 		}
2455 	}
2456 	return (list);
2457 }
2458 
2459 static int
2460 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
2461 {
2462 	mac_ring_handle_t ring = arg;
2463 
2464 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs)
2465 		mac_tx_srs_wakeup(flent->fe_tx_srs, ring);
2466 	return (0);
2467 }
2468 
2469 void
2470 i_mac_tx_srs_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t ring)
2471 {
2472 	mac_client_impl_t	*cclient;
2473 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
2474 
2475 	/*
2476 	 * After grabbing the mi_rw_lock, the list of clients can't change.
2477 	 * If there are any clients mi_disabled must be B_FALSE and can't
2478 	 * get set since there are clients. If there aren't any clients we
2479 	 * don't do anything. In any case the mip has to be valid. The driver
2480 	 * must make sure that it goes single threaded (with respect to mac
2481 	 * calls) and wait for all pending mac calls to finish before calling
2482 	 * mac_unregister.
2483 	 */
2484 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
2485 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) {
2486 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2487 		return;
2488 	}
2489 
2490 	/*
2491 	 * Get MAC tx srs from walking mac_client_handle list.
2492 	 */
2493 	rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER);
2494 	for (cclient = mip->mi_clients_list; cclient != NULL;
2495 	    cclient = cclient->mci_client_next) {
2496 		if ((mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(cclient)) != NULL) {
2497 			mac_tx_srs_wakeup(mac_srs, ring);
2498 		} else {
2499 			/*
2500 			 * Aggr opens underlying ports in exclusive mode
2501 			 * and registers flow control callbacks using
2502 			 * mac_tx_client_notify(). When opened in
2503 			 * exclusive mode, Tx SRS won't be created
2504 			 * during mac_unicast_add().
2505 			 */
2506 			if (cclient->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) {
2507 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(cclient,
2508 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)ring);
2509 			}
2510 		}
2511 		(void) mac_flow_walk(cclient->mci_subflow_tab,
2512 		    mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup, ring);
2513 	}
2514 	rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock);
2515 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
2516 }
2517 
2518 /* ARGSUSED */
2519 void
2520 mac_multicast_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_multicst_t refresh, void *arg,
2521     boolean_t add)
2522 {
2523 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2524 
2525 	i_mac_perim_enter((mac_impl_t *)mh);
2526 	/*
2527 	 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the
2528 	 * driver's m_multicst entry point.
2529 	 */
2530 	if (refresh == NULL) {
2531 		refresh = mip->mi_multicst;
2532 		arg = mip->mi_driver;
2533 	}
2534 
2535 	mac_bcast_refresh(mip, refresh, arg, add);
2536 	i_mac_perim_exit((mac_impl_t *)mh);
2537 }
2538 
2539 void
2540 mac_promisc_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_setpromisc_t refresh, void *arg)
2541 {
2542 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2543 
2544 	/*
2545 	 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the
2546 	 * driver's m_promisc entry point.
2547 	 */
2548 	if (refresh == NULL) {
2549 		refresh = mip->mi_setpromisc;
2550 		arg = mip->mi_driver;
2551 	}
2552 	ASSERT(refresh != NULL);
2553 
2554 	/*
2555 	 * Call the refresh function with the current promiscuity.
2556 	 */
2557 	refresh(arg, (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0));
2558 }
2559 
2560 /*
2561  * The mac client requests that the mac not to change its margin size to
2562  * be less than the specified value.  If "current" is B_TRUE, then the client
2563  * requests the mac not to change its margin size to be smaller than the
2564  * current size. Further, return the current margin size value in this case.
2565  *
2566  * We keep every requested size in an ordered list from largest to smallest.
2567  */
2568 int
2569 mac_margin_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *marginp, boolean_t current)
2570 {
2571 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2572 	mac_margin_req_t	**pp, *p;
2573 	int			err = 0;
2574 
2575 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2576 	if (current)
2577 		*marginp = mip->mi_margin;
2578 
2579 	/*
2580 	 * If the current margin value cannot satisfy the margin requested,
2581 	 * return ENOTSUP directly.
2582 	 */
2583 	if (*marginp > mip->mi_margin) {
2584 		err = ENOTSUP;
2585 		goto done;
2586 	}
2587 
2588 	/*
2589 	 * Check whether the given margin is already in the list. If so,
2590 	 * bump the reference count.
2591 	 */
2592 	for (pp = &mip->mi_mmrp; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mmr_nextp) {
2593 		if (p->mmr_margin == *marginp) {
2594 			/*
2595 			 * The margin requested is already in the list,
2596 			 * so just bump the reference count.
2597 			 */
2598 			p->mmr_ref++;
2599 			goto done;
2600 		}
2601 		if (p->mmr_margin < *marginp)
2602 			break;
2603 	}
2604 
2605 
2606 	p = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_margin_req_t), KM_SLEEP);
2607 	p->mmr_margin = *marginp;
2608 	p->mmr_ref++;
2609 	p->mmr_nextp = *pp;
2610 	*pp = p;
2611 
2612 done:
2613 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
2614 	return (err);
2615 }
2616 
2617 /*
2618  * The mac client requests to cancel its previous mac_margin_add() request.
2619  * We remove the requested margin size from the list.
2620  */
2621 int
2622 mac_margin_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin)
2623 {
2624 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2625 	mac_margin_req_t	**pp, *p;
2626 	int			err = 0;
2627 
2628 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2629 	/*
2630 	 * Find the entry in the list for the given margin.
2631 	 */
2632 	for (pp = &(mip->mi_mmrp); (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &(p->mmr_nextp)) {
2633 		if (p->mmr_margin == margin) {
2634 			if (--p->mmr_ref == 0)
2635 				break;
2636 
2637 			/*
2638 			 * There is still a reference to this address so
2639 			 * there's nothing more to do.
2640 			 */
2641 			goto done;
2642 		}
2643 	}
2644 
2645 	/*
2646 	 * We did not find an entry for the given margin.
2647 	 */
2648 	if (p == NULL) {
2649 		err = ENOENT;
2650 		goto done;
2651 	}
2652 
2653 	ASSERT(p->mmr_ref == 0);
2654 
2655 	/*
2656 	 * Remove it from the list.
2657 	 */
2658 	*pp = p->mmr_nextp;
2659 	kmem_free(p, sizeof (mac_margin_req_t));
2660 done:
2661 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
2662 	return (err);
2663 }
2664 
2665 boolean_t
2666 mac_margin_update(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin)
2667 {
2668 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
2669 	uint32_t	margin_needed = 0;
2670 
2671 	rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER);
2672 
2673 	if (mip->mi_mmrp != NULL)
2674 		margin_needed = mip->mi_mmrp->mmr_margin;
2675 
2676 	if (margin_needed <= margin)
2677 		mip->mi_margin = margin;
2678 
2679 	rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock));
2680 
2681 	if (margin_needed <= margin)
2682 		i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_MARGIN);
2683 
2684 	return (margin_needed <= margin);
2685 }
2686 
2687 /*
2688  * MAC Type Plugin functions.
2689  */
2690 
2691 mactype_t *
2692 mactype_getplugin(const char *pname)
2693 {
2694 	mactype_t	*mtype = NULL;
2695 	boolean_t	tried_modload = B_FALSE;
2696 
2697 	mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock);
2698 
2699 find_registered_mactype:
2700 	if (mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)pname,
2701 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtype) != 0) {
2702 		if (!tried_modload) {
2703 			/*
2704 			 * If the plugin has not yet been loaded, then
2705 			 * attempt to load it now.  If modload() succeeds,
2706 			 * the plugin should have registered using
2707 			 * mactype_register(), in which case we can go back
2708 			 * and attempt to find it again.
2709 			 */
2710 			if (modload(MACTYPE_KMODDIR, (char *)pname) != -1) {
2711 				tried_modload = B_TRUE;
2712 				goto find_registered_mactype;
2713 			}
2714 		}
2715 	} else {
2716 		/*
2717 		 * Note that there's no danger that the plugin we've loaded
2718 		 * could be unloaded between the modload() step and the
2719 		 * reference count bump here, as we're holding
2720 		 * i_mactype_lock, which mactype_unregister() also holds.
2721 		 */
2722 		atomic_inc_32(&mtype->mt_ref);
2723 	}
2724 
2725 	mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock);
2726 	return (mtype);
2727 }
2728 
2729 mactype_register_t *
2730 mactype_alloc(uint_t mactype_version)
2731 {
2732 	mactype_register_t *mtrp;
2733 
2734 	/*
2735 	 * Make sure there isn't a version mismatch between the plugin and
2736 	 * the framework.  In the future, if multiple versions are
2737 	 * supported, this check could become more sophisticated.
2738 	 */
2739 	if (mactype_version != MACTYPE_VERSION)
2740 		return (NULL);
2741 
2742 	mtrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mactype_register_t), KM_SLEEP);
2743 	mtrp->mtr_version = mactype_version;
2744 	return (mtrp);
2745 }
2746 
2747 void
2748 mactype_free(mactype_register_t *mtrp)
2749 {
2750 	kmem_free(mtrp, sizeof (mactype_register_t));
2751 }
2752 
2753 int
2754 mactype_register(mactype_register_t *mtrp)
2755 {
2756 	mactype_t	*mtp;
2757 	mactype_ops_t	*ops = mtrp->mtr_ops;
2758 
2759 	/* Do some sanity checking before we register this MAC type. */
2760 	if (mtrp->mtr_ident == NULL || ops == NULL)
2761 		return (EINVAL);
2762 
2763 	/*
2764 	 * Verify that all mandatory callbacks are set in the ops
2765 	 * vector.
2766 	 */
2767 	if (ops->mtops_unicst_verify == NULL ||
2768 	    ops->mtops_multicst_verify == NULL ||
2769 	    ops->mtops_sap_verify == NULL ||
2770 	    ops->mtops_header == NULL ||
2771 	    ops->mtops_header_info == NULL) {
2772 		return (EINVAL);
2773 	}
2774 
2775 	mtp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mtp), KM_SLEEP);
2776 	mtp->mt_ident = mtrp->mtr_ident;
2777 	mtp->mt_ops = *ops;
2778 	mtp->mt_type = mtrp->mtr_mactype;
2779 	mtp->mt_nativetype = mtrp->mtr_nativetype;
2780 	mtp->mt_addr_length = mtrp->mtr_addrlen;
2781 	if (mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr != NULL) {
2782 		mtp->mt_brdcst_addr = kmem_alloc(mtrp->mtr_addrlen, KM_SLEEP);
2783 		bcopy(mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_brdcst_addr,
2784 		    mtrp->mtr_addrlen);
2785 	}
2786 
2787 	mtp->mt_stats = mtrp->mtr_stats;
2788 	mtp->mt_statcount = mtrp->mtr_statcount;
2789 
2790 	mtp->mt_mapping = mtrp->mtr_mapping;
2791 	mtp->mt_mappingcount = mtrp->mtr_mappingcount;
2792 
2793 	if (mod_hash_insert(i_mactype_hash,
2794 	    (mod_hash_key_t)mtp->mt_ident, (mod_hash_val_t)mtp) != 0) {
2795 		kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length);
2796 		kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (*mtp));
2797 		return (EEXIST);
2798 	}
2799 	return (0);
2800 }
2801 
2802 int
2803 mactype_unregister(const char *ident)
2804 {
2805 	mactype_t	*mtp;
2806 	mod_hash_val_t	val;
2807 	int 		err;
2808 
2809 	/*
2810 	 * Let's not allow MAC drivers to use this plugin while we're
2811 	 * trying to unregister it.  Holding i_mactype_lock also prevents a
2812 	 * plugin from unregistering while a MAC driver is attempting to
2813 	 * hold a reference to it in i_mactype_getplugin().
2814 	 */
2815 	mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock);
2816 
2817 	if ((err = mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident,
2818 	    (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtp)) != 0) {
2819 		/* A plugin is trying to unregister, but it never registered. */
2820 		err = ENXIO;
2821 		goto done;
2822 	}
2823 
2824 	if (mtp->mt_ref != 0) {
2825 		err = EBUSY;
2826 		goto done;
2827 	}
2828 
2829 	err = mod_hash_remove(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, &val);
2830 	ASSERT(err == 0);
2831 	if (err != 0) {
2832 		/* This should never happen, thus the ASSERT() above. */
2833 		err = EINVAL;
2834 		goto done;
2835 	}
2836 	ASSERT(mtp == (mactype_t *)val);
2837 
2838 	if (mtp->mt_brdcst_addr != NULL)
2839 		kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length);
2840 	kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (mactype_t));
2841 done:
2842 	mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock);
2843 	return (err);
2844 }
2845 
2846 /*
2847  * Checks the size of the value size specified for a property as
2848  * part of a property operation. Returns B_TRUE if the size is
2849  * correct, B_FALSE otherwise.
2850  */
2851 boolean_t
2852 mac_prop_check_size(mac_prop_id_t id, uint_t valsize, boolean_t is_range)
2853 {
2854 	uint_t minsize = 0;
2855 
2856 	if (is_range)
2857 		return (valsize >= sizeof (mac_propval_range_t));
2858 
2859 	switch (id) {
2860 	case MAC_PROP_ZONE:
2861 		minsize = sizeof (dld_ioc_zid_t);
2862 		break;
2863 	case MAC_PROP_AUTOPUSH:
2864 		if (valsize != 0)
2865 			minsize = sizeof (struct dlautopush);
2866 		break;
2867 	case MAC_PROP_TAGMODE:
2868 		minsize = sizeof (link_tagmode_t);
2869 		break;
2870 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE:
2871 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF:
2872 		minsize = sizeof (mac_resource_props_t);
2873 		break;
2874 	case MAC_PROP_DUPLEX:
2875 		minsize = sizeof (link_duplex_t);
2876 		break;
2877 	case MAC_PROP_SPEED:
2878 		minsize = sizeof (uint64_t);
2879 		break;
2880 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS:
2881 		minsize = sizeof (link_state_t);
2882 		break;
2883 	case MAC_PROP_AUTONEG:
2884 	case MAC_PROP_EN_AUTONEG:
2885 		minsize = sizeof (uint8_t);
2886 		break;
2887 	case MAC_PROP_MTU:
2888 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
2889 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
2890 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
2891 		break;
2892 	case MAC_PROP_FLOWCTRL:
2893 		minsize = sizeof (link_flowctrl_t);
2894 		break;
2895 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10GFDX_CAP:
2896 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10GFDX_CAP:
2897 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_1000HDX_CAP:
2898 	case MAC_PROP_EN_1000HDX_CAP:
2899 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100FDX_CAP:
2900 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100FDX_CAP:
2901 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100HDX_CAP:
2902 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100HDX_CAP:
2903 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10FDX_CAP:
2904 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10FDX_CAP:
2905 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_10HDX_CAP:
2906 	case MAC_PROP_EN_10HDX_CAP:
2907 	case MAC_PROP_ADV_100T4_CAP:
2908 	case MAC_PROP_EN_100T4_CAP:
2909 		minsize = sizeof (uint8_t);
2910 		break;
2911 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
2912 		minsize = sizeof (uint16_t);
2913 		break;
2914 	case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_HOPLIMIT:
2915 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
2916 		break;
2917 	case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_ENCAPLIMIT:
2918 		minsize = sizeof (uint32_t);
2919 		break;
2920 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
2921 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
2922 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
2923 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
2924 		minsize = sizeof (uint_t);
2925 		break;
2926 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ESSID:
2927 		minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t);
2928 		break;
2929 	case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSID:
2930 		minsize = sizeof (wl_bssid_t);
2931 		break;
2932 	case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSTYPE:
2933 		minsize = sizeof (wl_bss_type_t);
2934 		break;
2935 	case MAC_PROP_WL_LINKSTATUS:
2936 		minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t);
2937 		break;
2938 	case MAC_PROP_WL_DESIRED_RATES:
2939 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t);
2940 		break;
2941 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SUPPORTED_RATES:
2942 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t);
2943 		break;
2944 	case MAC_PROP_WL_AUTH_MODE:
2945 		minsize = sizeof (wl_authmode_t);
2946 		break;
2947 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ENCRYPTION:
2948 		minsize = sizeof (wl_encryption_t);
2949 		break;
2950 	case MAC_PROP_WL_RSSI:
2951 		minsize = sizeof (wl_rssi_t);
2952 		break;
2953 	case MAC_PROP_WL_PHY_CONFIG:
2954 		minsize = sizeof (wl_phy_conf_t);
2955 		break;
2956 	case MAC_PROP_WL_CAPABILITY:
2957 		minsize = sizeof (wl_capability_t);
2958 		break;
2959 	case MAC_PROP_WL_WPA:
2960 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_t);
2961 		break;
2962 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SCANRESULTS:
2963 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ess_t);
2964 		break;
2965 	case MAC_PROP_WL_POWER_MODE:
2966 		minsize = sizeof (wl_ps_mode_t);
2967 		break;
2968 	case MAC_PROP_WL_RADIO:
2969 		minsize = sizeof (wl_radio_t);
2970 		break;
2971 	case MAC_PROP_WL_ESS_LIST:
2972 		minsize = sizeof (wl_ess_list_t);
2973 		break;
2974 	case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY_TAB:
2975 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wep_key_tab_t);
2976 		break;
2977 	case MAC_PROP_WL_CREATE_IBSS:
2978 		minsize = sizeof (wl_create_ibss_t);
2979 		break;
2980 	case MAC_PROP_WL_SETOPTIE:
2981 		minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ie_t);
2982 		break;
2983 	case MAC_PROP_WL_DELKEY:
2984 		minsize = sizeof (wl_del_key_t);
2985 		break;
2986 	case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY:
2987 		minsize = sizeof (wl_key_t);
2988 		break;
2989 	case MAC_PROP_WL_MLME:
2990 		minsize = sizeof (wl_mlme_t);
2991 		break;
2992 	}
2993 
2994 	return (valsize >= minsize);
2995 }
2996 
2997 /*
2998  * mac_set_prop() sets MAC or hardware driver properties:
2999  *
3000  * - MAC-managed properties such as resource properties include maxbw,
3001  *   priority, and cpu binding list, as well as the default port VID
3002  *   used by bridging. These properties are consumed by the MAC layer
3003  *   itself and not passed down to the driver. For resource control
3004  *   properties, this function invokes mac_set_resources() which will
3005  *   cache the property value in mac_impl_t and may call
3006  *   mac_client_set_resource() to update property value of the primary
3007  *   mac client, if it exists.
3008  *
3009  * - Properties which act on the hardware and must be passed to the
3010  *   driver, such as MTU, through the driver's mc_setprop() entry point.
3011  */
3012 int
3013 mac_set_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val,
3014     uint_t valsize)
3015 {
3016 	int err = ENOTSUP;
3017 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3018 
3019 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh));
3020 
3021 	switch (id) {
3022 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: {
3023 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3024 
3025 		/* call mac_set_resources() for MAC properties */
3026 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3027 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3028 		bcopy(val, mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3029 		err = mac_set_resources(mh, mrp);
3030 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3031 		break;
3032 	}
3033 
3034 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3035 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t));
3036 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3037 			return (EINVAL);
3038 		err = mac_set_pvid(mh, *(uint16_t *)val);
3039 		break;
3040 
3041 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3042 		uint32_t mtu;
3043 
3044 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3045 		bcopy(val, &mtu, sizeof (mtu));
3046 		err = mac_set_mtu(mh, mtu, NULL);
3047 		break;
3048 	}
3049 
3050 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3051 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: {
3052 		uint32_t learnval;
3053 
3054 		if (valsize < sizeof (learnval) ||
3055 		    (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC))
3056 			return (EINVAL);
3057 		bcopy(val, &learnval, sizeof (learnval));
3058 		if (learnval == 0 && id == MAC_PROP_LDECAY)
3059 			return (EINVAL);
3060 		if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT)
3061 			mip->mi_llimit = learnval;
3062 		else
3063 			mip->mi_ldecay = learnval;
3064 		err = 0;
3065 		break;
3066 	}
3067 
3068 	default:
3069 		/* For other driver properties, call driver's callback */
3070 		if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) {
3071 			err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver,
3072 			    name, id, valsize, val);
3073 		}
3074 	}
3075 	return (err);
3076 }
3077 
3078 /*
3079  * mac_get_prop() gets MAC or device driver properties.
3080  *
3081  * If the property is a driver property, mac_get_prop() calls driver's callback
3082  * entry point to get it.
3083  * If the property is a MAC property, mac_get_prop() invokes mac_get_resources()
3084  * which returns the cached value in mac_impl_t.
3085  */
3086 int
3087 mac_get_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val,
3088     uint_t valsize)
3089 {
3090 	int err = ENOTSUP;
3091 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3092 	uint_t	rings;
3093 	uint_t	vlinks;
3094 
3095 	bzero(val, valsize);
3096 
3097 	switch (id) {
3098 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: {
3099 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3100 
3101 		/* If mac property, read from cache */
3102 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3103 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3104 		mac_get_resources(mh, mrp);
3105 		bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp));
3106 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3107 		return (0);
3108 	}
3109 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: {
3110 		mac_resource_props_t *mrp;
3111 
3112 		/* If mac effective property, read from client */
3113 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t));
3114 		mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
3115 		mac_get_effective_resources(mh, mrp);
3116 		bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp));
3117 		kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
3118 		return (0);
3119 	}
3120 
3121 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3122 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t));
3123 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3124 			return (EINVAL);
3125 		*(uint16_t *)val = mac_get_pvid(mh);
3126 		return (0);
3127 
3128 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3129 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3130 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3131 		if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3132 			return (EINVAL);
3133 		if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT)
3134 			bcopy(&mip->mi_llimit, val, sizeof (mip->mi_llimit));
3135 		else
3136 			bcopy(&mip->mi_ldecay, val, sizeof (mip->mi_ldecay));
3137 		return (0);
3138 
3139 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3140 		uint32_t sdu;
3141 
3142 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t));
3143 		mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL);
3144 		bcopy(&sdu, val, sizeof (sdu));
3145 
3146 		return (0);
3147 	}
3148 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS: {
3149 		link_state_t link_state;
3150 
3151 		if (valsize < sizeof (link_state))
3152 			return (EINVAL);
3153 		link_state = mac_link_get(mh);
3154 		bcopy(&link_state, val, sizeof (link_state));
3155 
3156 		return (0);
3157 	}
3158 
3159 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3160 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3161 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t));
3162 		rings = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL ?
3163 		    mac_rxavail_get(mh) : mac_txavail_get(mh);
3164 		bcopy(&rings, val, sizeof (uint_t));
3165 		return (0);
3166 
3167 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3168 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3169 		ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t));
3170 		vlinks = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL ?
3171 		    mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) : mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh);
3172 		bcopy(&vlinks, val, sizeof (uint_t));
3173 		return (0);
3174 
3175 	case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE:
3176 	case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE:
3177 		/*
3178 		 * The value for these properties are returned through
3179 		 * the MAC_PROP_RESOURCE property.
3180 		 */
3181 		return (0);
3182 
3183 	default:
3184 		break;
3185 
3186 	}
3187 
3188 	/* If driver property, request from driver */
3189 	if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_GETPROP) {
3190 		err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_getprop(mip->mi_driver, name, id,
3191 		    valsize, val);
3192 	}
3193 
3194 	return (err);
3195 }
3196 
3197 /*
3198  * Helper function to initialize the range structure for use in
3199  * mac_get_prop. If the type can be other than uint32, we can
3200  * pass that as an arg.
3201  */
3202 static void
3203 _mac_set_range(mac_propval_range_t *range, uint32_t min, uint32_t max)
3204 {
3205 	range->mpr_count = 1;
3206 	range->mpr_type = MAC_PROPVAL_UINT32;
3207 	range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min = min;
3208 	range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_max = max;
3209 }
3210 
3211 /*
3212  * Returns information about the specified property, such as default
3213  * values or permissions.
3214  */
3215 int
3216 mac_prop_info(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name,
3217     void *default_val, uint_t default_size, mac_propval_range_t *range,
3218     uint_t *perm)
3219 {
3220 	mac_prop_info_state_t state;
3221 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3222 	uint_t	max;
3223 
3224 	/*
3225 	 * A property is read/write by default unless the driver says
3226 	 * otherwise.
3227 	 */
3228 	if (perm != NULL)
3229 		*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_RW;
3230 
3231 	if (default_val != NULL)
3232 		bzero(default_val, default_size);
3233 
3234 	/*
3235 	 * First, handle framework properties for which we don't need to
3236 	 * involve the driver.
3237 	 */
3238 	switch (id) {
3239 	case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE:
3240 	case MAC_PROP_PVID:
3241 	case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT:
3242 	case MAC_PROP_LDECAY:
3243 		return (0);
3244 
3245 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3246 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL:
3247 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3248 	case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL:
3249 		if (perm != NULL)
3250 			*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3251 		return (0);
3252 
3253 	case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE:
3254 	case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE:
3255 		/*
3256 		 * Currently, we support range for RX and TX rings properties.
3257 		 * When we extend this support to maxbw, cpus and priority,
3258 		 * we should move this to mac_get_resources.
3259 		 * There is no default value for RX or TX rings.
3260 		 */
3261 		if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) &&
3262 		    mac_is_vnic_primary(mh)) {
3263 			/*
3264 			 * We don't support setting rings for a VLAN
3265 			 * data link because it shares its ring with the
3266 			 * primary MAC client.
3267 			 */
3268 			if (perm != NULL)
3269 				*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3270 			if (range != NULL)
3271 				range->mpr_count = 0;
3272 		} else if (range != NULL) {
3273 			if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)
3274 				mh = mac_get_lower_mac_handle(mh);
3275 			mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3276 			if ((id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE &&
3277 			    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) ||
3278 			    (id == MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE &&
3279 			    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC)) {
3280 				if (id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE) {
3281 					if ((mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) +
3282 					    mac_rxhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) {
3283 						/*
3284 						 * doesn't support groups or
3285 						 * rings
3286 						 */
3287 						range->mpr_count = 0;
3288 					} else {
3289 						/*
3290 						 * supports specifying groups,
3291 						 * but not rings
3292 						 */
3293 						_mac_set_range(range, 0, 0);
3294 					}
3295 				} else {
3296 					if ((mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh) +
3297 					    mac_txhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) {
3298 						/*
3299 						 * doesn't support groups or
3300 						 * rings
3301 						 */
3302 						range->mpr_count = 0;
3303 					} else {
3304 						/*
3305 						 * supports specifying groups,
3306 						 * but not rings
3307 						 */
3308 						_mac_set_range(range, 0, 0);
3309 					}
3310 				}
3311 			} else {
3312 				max = id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE ?
3313 				    mac_rxavail_get(mh) + mac_rxrsvd_get(mh) :
3314 				    mac_txavail_get(mh) + mac_txrsvd_get(mh);
3315 				if (max <= 1) {
3316 					/*
3317 					 * doesn't support groups or
3318 					 * rings
3319 					 */
3320 					range->mpr_count = 0;
3321 				} else  {
3322 					/*
3323 					 * -1 because we have to leave out the
3324 					 * default ring.
3325 					 */
3326 					_mac_set_range(range, 1, max - 1);
3327 				}
3328 			}
3329 		}
3330 		return (0);
3331 
3332 	case MAC_PROP_STATUS:
3333 		if (perm != NULL)
3334 			*perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ;
3335 		return (0);
3336 	}
3337 
3338 	/*
3339 	 * Get the property info from the driver if it implements the
3340 	 * property info entry point.
3341 	 */
3342 	bzero(&state, sizeof (state));
3343 
3344 	if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_PROPINFO) {
3345 		state.pr_default = default_val;
3346 		state.pr_default_size = default_size;
3347 
3348 		/*
3349 		 * The caller specifies the maximum number of ranges
3350 		 * it can accomodate using mpr_count. We don't touch
3351 		 * this value until the driver returns from its
3352 		 * mc_propinfo() callback, and ensure we don't exceed
3353 		 * this number of range as the driver defines
3354 		 * supported range from its mc_propinfo().
3355 		 *
3356 		 * pr_range_cur_count keeps track of how many ranges
3357 		 * were defined by the driver from its mc_propinfo()
3358 		 * entry point.
3359 		 *
3360 		 * On exit, the user-specified range mpr_count returns
3361 		 * the number of ranges specified by the driver on
3362 		 * success, or the number of ranges it wanted to
3363 		 * define if that number of ranges could not be
3364 		 * accomodated by the specified range structure.  In
3365 		 * the latter case, the caller will be able to
3366 		 * allocate a larger range structure, and query the
3367 		 * property again.
3368 		 */
3369 		state.pr_range_cur_count = 0;
3370 		state.pr_range = range;
3371 
3372 		mip->mi_callbacks->mc_propinfo(mip->mi_driver, name, id,
3373 		    (mac_prop_info_handle_t)&state);
3374 
3375 		if (state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)
3376 			range->mpr_count = state.pr_range_cur_count;
3377 
3378 		/*
3379 		 * The operation could fail if the buffer supplied by
3380 		 * the user was too small for the range or default
3381 		 * value of the property.
3382 		 */
3383 		if (state.pr_errno != 0)
3384 			return (state.pr_errno);
3385 
3386 		if (perm != NULL && state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_PERM)
3387 			*perm = state.pr_perm;
3388 	}
3389 
3390 	/*
3391 	 * The MAC layer may want to provide default values or allowed
3392 	 * ranges for properties if the driver does not provide a
3393 	 * property info entry point, or that entry point exists, but
3394 	 * it did not provide a default value or allowed ranges for
3395 	 * that property.
3396 	 */
3397 	switch (id) {
3398 	case MAC_PROP_MTU: {
3399 		uint32_t sdu;
3400 
3401 		mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL);
3402 
3403 		if (range != NULL && !(state.pr_flags &
3404 		    MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)) {
3405 			/* MTU range */
3406 			_mac_set_range(range, sdu, sdu);
3407 		}
3408 
3409 		if (default_val != NULL && !(state.pr_flags &
3410 		    MAC_PROP_INFO_DEFAULT)) {
3411 			if (mip->mi_info.mi_media == DL_ETHER)
3412 				sdu = ETHERMTU;
3413 			/* default MTU value */
3414 			bcopy(&sdu, default_val, sizeof (sdu));
3415 		}
3416 	}
3417 	}
3418 
3419 	return (0);
3420 }
3421 
3422 int
3423 mac_fastpath_disable(mac_handle_t mh)
3424 {
3425 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3426 
3427 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0)
3428 		return (0);
3429 
3430 	return (mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_disable(mip->mi_driver));
3431 }
3432 
3433 void
3434 mac_fastpath_enable(mac_handle_t mh)
3435 {
3436 	mac_impl_t	*mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
3437 
3438 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0)
3439 		return;
3440 
3441 	mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_enable(mip->mi_driver);
3442 }
3443 
3444 void
3445 mac_register_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip, char **priv_props)
3446 {
3447 	uint_t nprops, i;
3448 
3449 	if (priv_props == NULL)
3450 		return;
3451 
3452 	nprops = 0;
3453 	while (priv_props[nprops] != NULL)
3454 		nprops++;
3455 	if (nprops == 0)
3456 		return;
3457 
3458 
3459 	mip->mi_priv_prop = kmem_zalloc(nprops * sizeof (char *), KM_SLEEP);
3460 
3461 	for (i = 0; i < nprops; i++) {
3462 		mip->mi_priv_prop[i] = kmem_zalloc(MAXLINKPROPNAME, KM_SLEEP);
3463 		(void) strlcpy(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], priv_props[i],
3464 		    MAXLINKPROPNAME);
3465 	}
3466 
3467 	mip->mi_priv_prop_count = nprops;
3468 }
3469 
3470 void
3471 mac_unregister_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip)
3472 {
3473 	uint_t i;
3474 
3475 	if (mip->mi_priv_prop_count == 0) {
3476 		ASSERT(mip->mi_priv_prop == NULL);
3477 		return;
3478 	}
3479 
3480 	for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_priv_prop_count; i++)
3481 		kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], MAXLINKPROPNAME);
3482 	kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop, mip->mi_priv_prop_count *
3483 	    sizeof (char *));
3484 
3485 	mip->mi_priv_prop = NULL;
3486 	mip->mi_priv_prop_count = 0;
3487 }
3488 
3489 /*
3490  * mac_ring_t 'mr' macros. Some rogue drivers may access ring structure
3491  * (by invoking mac_rx()) even after processing mac_stop_ring(). In such
3492  * cases if MAC free's the ring structure after mac_stop_ring(), any
3493  * illegal access to the ring structure coming from the driver will panic
3494  * the system. In order to protect the system from such inadverent access,
3495  * we maintain a cache of rings in the mac_impl_t after they get free'd up.
3496  * When packets are received on free'd up rings, MAC (through the generation
3497  * count mechanism) will drop such packets.
3498  */
3499 static mac_ring_t *
3500 mac_ring_alloc(mac_impl_t *mip)
3501 {
3502 	mac_ring_t *ring;
3503 
3504 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3505 	if (mip->mi_ring_freelist != NULL) {
3506 		ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
3507 		mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring->mr_next;
3508 		bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t));
3509 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3510 	} else {
3511 		mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3512 		ring = kmem_cache_alloc(mac_ring_cache, KM_SLEEP);
3513 	}
3514 	ASSERT((ring != NULL) && (ring->mr_state == MR_FREE));
3515 	return (ring);
3516 }
3517 
3518 static void
3519 mac_ring_free(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *ring)
3520 {
3521 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
3522 
3523 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3524 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
3525 	ring->mr_flag = 0;
3526 	ring->mr_next = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
3527 	ring->mr_mip = NULL;
3528 	mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring;
3529 	mac_ring_stat_delete(ring);
3530 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3531 }
3532 
3533 static void
3534 mac_ring_freeall(mac_impl_t *mip)
3535 {
3536 	mac_ring_t *ring_next;
3537 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3538 	mac_ring_t *ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist;
3539 	while (ring != NULL) {
3540 		ring_next = ring->mr_next;
3541 		kmem_cache_free(mac_ring_cache, ring);
3542 		ring = ring_next;
3543 	}
3544 	mip->mi_ring_freelist = NULL;
3545 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock);
3546 }
3547 
3548 int
3549 mac_start_ring(mac_ring_t *ring)
3550 {
3551 	int rv = 0;
3552 
3553 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
3554 
3555 	if (ring->mr_start != NULL) {
3556 		rv = ring->mr_start(ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_gen_num);
3557 		if (rv != 0)
3558 			return (rv);
3559 	}
3560 
3561 	ring->mr_state = MR_INUSE;
3562 	return (rv);
3563 }
3564 
3565 void
3566 mac_stop_ring(mac_ring_t *ring)
3567 {
3568 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE);
3569 
3570 	if (ring->mr_stop != NULL)
3571 		ring->mr_stop(ring->mr_driver);
3572 
3573 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
3574 
3575 	/*
3576 	 * Increment the ring generation number for this ring.
3577 	 */
3578 	ring->mr_gen_num++;
3579 }
3580 
3581 int
3582 mac_start_group(mac_group_t *group)
3583 {
3584 	int rv = 0;
3585 
3586 	if (group->mrg_start != NULL)
3587 		rv = group->mrg_start(group->mrg_driver);
3588 
3589 	return (rv);
3590 }
3591 
3592 void
3593 mac_stop_group(mac_group_t *group)
3594 {
3595 	if (group->mrg_stop != NULL)
3596 		group->mrg_stop(group->mrg_driver);
3597 }
3598 
3599 /*
3600  * Called from mac_start() on the default Rx group. Broadcast and multicast
3601  * packets are received only on the default group. Hence the default group
3602  * needs to be up even if the primary client is not up, for the other groups
3603  * to be functional. We do this by calling this function at mac_start time
3604  * itself. However the broadcast packets that are received can't make their
3605  * way beyond mac_rx until a mac client creates a broadcast flow.
3606  */
3607 static int
3608 mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group)
3609 {
3610 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
3611 	int		rv = 0;
3612 
3613 	ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
3614 	if ((rv = mac_start_group(group)) != 0)
3615 		return (rv);
3616 
3617 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
3618 		ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE);
3619 		if ((rv = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0)
3620 			goto error;
3621 		ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER;
3622 	}
3623 	return (0);
3624 
3625 error:
3626 	mac_stop_group_and_rings(group);
3627 	return (rv);
3628 }
3629 
3630 /* Called from mac_stop on the default Rx group */
3631 static void
3632 mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group)
3633 {
3634 	mac_ring_t	*ring;
3635 
3636 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
3637 		if (ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) {
3638 			mac_stop_ring(ring);
3639 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
3640 			ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER;
3641 		}
3642 	}
3643 	mac_stop_group(group);
3644 }
3645 
3646 
3647 static mac_ring_t *
3648 mac_init_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int index,
3649     mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings)
3650 {
3651 	mac_ring_t *ring, *rnext;
3652 	mac_ring_info_t ring_info;
3653 	ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle;
3654 
3655 	ring = mac_ring_alloc(mip);
3656 
3657 	/* Prepare basic information of ring */
3658 
3659 	/*
3660 	 * Ring index is numbered to be unique across a particular device.
3661 	 * Ring index computation makes following assumptions:
3662 	 *	- For drivers with static grouping (e.g. ixgbe, bge),
3663 	 *	ring index exchanged with the driver (e.g. during mr_rget)
3664 	 *	is unique only across the group the ring belongs to.
3665 	 *	- Drivers with dynamic grouping (e.g. nxge), start
3666 	 *	with single group (mrg_index = 0).
3667 	 */
3668 	ring->mr_index = group->mrg_index * group->mrg_info.mgi_count + index;
3669 	ring->mr_type = group->mrg_type;
3670 	ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group;
3671 
3672 	/* Insert the new ring to the list. */
3673 	ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings;
3674 	group->mrg_rings = ring;
3675 
3676 	/* Zero to reuse the info data structure */
3677 	bzero(&ring_info, sizeof (ring_info));
3678 
3679 	/* Query ring information from driver */
3680 	cap_rings->mr_rget(mip->mi_driver, group->mrg_type, group->mrg_index,
3681 	    index, &ring_info, (mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
3682 
3683 	ring->mr_info = ring_info;
3684 
3685 	/*
3686 	 * The interrupt handle could be shared among multiple rings.
3687 	 * Thus if there is a bunch of rings that are sharing an
3688 	 * interrupt, then only one ring among the bunch will be made
3689 	 * available for interrupt re-targeting; the rest will have
3690 	 * ddi_shared flag set to TRUE and would not be available for
3691 	 * be interrupt re-targeting.
3692 	 */
3693 	if ((ddi_handle = ring_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle) != NULL) {
3694 		rnext = ring->mr_next;
3695 		while (rnext != NULL) {
3696 			if (rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle ==
3697 			    ddi_handle) {
3698 				/*
3699 				 * If default ring (mr_index == 0) is part
3700 				 * of a group of rings sharing an
3701 				 * interrupt, then set ddi_shared flag for
3702 				 * the default ring and give another ring
3703 				 * the chance to be re-targeted.
3704 				 */
3705 				if (rnext->mr_index == 0 &&
3706 				    !rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) {
3707 					rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
3708 					    B_TRUE;
3709 				} else {
3710 					ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
3711 					    B_TRUE;
3712 				}
3713 				break;
3714 			}
3715 			rnext = rnext->mr_next;
3716 		}
3717 		/*
3718 		 * If rnext is NULL, then no matching ddi_handle was found.
3719 		 * Rx rings get registered first. So if this is a Tx ring,
3720 		 * then go through all the Rx rings and see if there is a
3721 		 * matching ddi handle.
3722 		 */
3723 		if (rnext == NULL && ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
3724 			mac_compare_ddi_handle(mip->mi_rx_groups,
3725 			    mip->mi_rx_group_count, ring);
3726 		}
3727 	}
3728 
3729 	/* Update ring's status */
3730 	ring->mr_state = MR_FREE;
3731 	ring->mr_flag = 0;
3732 
3733 	/* Update the ring count of the group */
3734 	group->mrg_cur_count++;
3735 
3736 	/* Create per ring kstats */
3737 	if (ring->mr_stat != NULL) {
3738 		ring->mr_mip = mip;
3739 		mac_ring_stat_create(ring);
3740 	}
3741 
3742 	return (ring);
3743 }
3744 
3745 /*
3746  * Rings are chained together for easy regrouping.
3747  */
3748 static void
3749 mac_init_group(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int size,
3750     mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings)
3751 {
3752 	int index;
3753 
3754 	/*
3755 	 * Initialize all ring members of this group. Size of zero will not
3756 	 * enter the loop, so it's safe for initializing an empty group.
3757 	 */
3758 	for (index = size - 1; index >= 0; index--)
3759 		(void) mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings);
3760 }
3761 
3762 int
3763 mac_init_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
3764 {
3765 	mac_capab_rings_t	*cap_rings;
3766 	mac_group_t		*group;
3767 	mac_group_t		*groups;
3768 	mac_group_info_t	group_info;
3769 	uint_t			group_free = 0;
3770 	uint_t			ring_left;
3771 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
3772 	int			g;
3773 	int			err = 0;
3774 	uint_t			grpcnt;
3775 	boolean_t		pseudo_txgrp = B_FALSE;
3776 
3777 	switch (rtype) {
3778 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
3779 		ASSERT(mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL);
3780 
3781 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
3782 		cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_RX;
3783 		break;
3784 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
3785 		ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL);
3786 
3787 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
3788 		cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_TX;
3789 		break;
3790 	default:
3791 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
3792 	}
3793 
3794 	if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_RINGS, cap_rings))
3795 		return (0);
3796 	grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_gnum;
3797 
3798 	/*
3799 	 * If we have multiple TX rings, but only one TX group, we can
3800 	 * create pseudo TX groups (one per TX ring) in the MAC layer,
3801 	 * except for an aggr. For an aggr currently we maintain only
3802 	 * one group with all the rings (for all its ports), going
3803 	 * forwards we might change this.
3804 	 */
3805 	if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
3806 	    cap_rings->mr_gnum == 0 && cap_rings->mr_rnum >  0 &&
3807 	    (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR) == 0) {
3808 		/*
3809 		 * The -1 here is because we create a default TX group
3810 		 * with all the rings in it.
3811 		 */
3812 		grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_rnum - 1;
3813 		pseudo_txgrp = B_TRUE;
3814 	}
3815 
3816 	/*
3817 	 * Allocate a contiguous buffer for all groups.
3818 	 */
3819 	groups = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_group_t) * (grpcnt+ 1), KM_SLEEP);
3820 
3821 	ring_left = cap_rings->mr_rnum;
3822 
3823 	/*
3824 	 * Get all ring groups if any, and get their ring members
3825 	 * if any.
3826 	 */
3827 	for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) {
3828 		group = groups + g;
3829 
3830 		/* Prepare basic information of the group */
3831 		group->mrg_index = g;
3832 		group->mrg_type = rtype;
3833 		group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT;
3834 		group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip;
3835 		group->mrg_next = group + 1;
3836 
3837 		/* Zero to reuse the info data structure */
3838 		bzero(&group_info, sizeof (group_info));
3839 
3840 		if (pseudo_txgrp) {
3841 			/*
3842 			 * This is a pseudo group that we created, apart
3843 			 * from setting the state there is nothing to be
3844 			 * done.
3845 			 */
3846 			group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
3847 			group_free++;
3848 			continue;
3849 		}
3850 		/* Query group information from driver */
3851 		cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, g, &group_info,
3852 		    (mac_group_handle_t)group);
3853 
3854 		switch (cap_rings->mr_group_type) {
3855 		case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC:
3856 			if (cap_rings->mr_gaddring == NULL ||
3857 			    cap_rings->mr_gremring == NULL) {
3858 				DTRACE_PROBE3(
3859 				    mac__init__rings_no_addremring,
3860 				    char *, mip->mi_name,
3861 				    mac_group_add_ring_t,
3862 				    cap_rings->mr_gaddring,
3863 				    mac_group_add_ring_t,
3864 				    cap_rings->mr_gremring);
3865 				err = EINVAL;
3866 				goto bail;
3867 			}
3868 
3869 			switch (rtype) {
3870 			case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
3871 				/*
3872 				 * The first RX group must have non-zero
3873 				 * rings, and the following groups must
3874 				 * have zero rings.
3875 				 */
3876 				if (g == 0 && group_info.mgi_count == 0) {
3877 					DTRACE_PROBE1(
3878 					    mac__init__rings__rx__def__zero,
3879 					    char *, mip->mi_name);
3880 					err = EINVAL;
3881 					goto bail;
3882 				}
3883 				if (g > 0 && group_info.mgi_count != 0) {
3884 					DTRACE_PROBE3(
3885 					    mac__init__rings__rx__nonzero,
3886 					    char *, mip->mi_name,
3887 					    int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count);
3888 					err = EINVAL;
3889 					goto bail;
3890 				}
3891 				break;
3892 			case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
3893 				/*
3894 				 * All TX ring groups must have zero rings.
3895 				 */
3896 				if (group_info.mgi_count != 0) {
3897 					DTRACE_PROBE3(
3898 					    mac__init__rings__tx__nonzero,
3899 					    char *, mip->mi_name,
3900 					    int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count);
3901 					err = EINVAL;
3902 					goto bail;
3903 				}
3904 				break;
3905 			}
3906 			break;
3907 		case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC:
3908 			/*
3909 			 * Note that an empty group is allowed, e.g., an aggr
3910 			 * would start with an empty group.
3911 			 */
3912 			break;
3913 		default:
3914 			/* unknown group type */
3915 			DTRACE_PROBE2(mac__init__rings__unknown__type,
3916 			    char *, mip->mi_name,
3917 			    int, cap_rings->mr_group_type);
3918 			err = EINVAL;
3919 			goto bail;
3920 		}
3921 
3922 
3923 		/*
3924 		 * Driver must register group->mgi_addmac/remmac() for rx groups
3925 		 * to support multiple MAC addresses.
3926 		 */
3927 		if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
3928 			if ((group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL) ||
3929 			    (group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL)) {
3930 				goto bail;
3931 			}
3932 		}
3933 
3934 		/* Cache driver-supplied information */
3935 		group->mrg_info = group_info;
3936 
3937 		/* Update the group's status and group count. */
3938 		mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
3939 		group_free++;
3940 
3941 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
3942 		group->mrg_cur_count = 0;
3943 		mac_init_group(mip, group, group_info.mgi_count, cap_rings);
3944 		ring_left -= group_info.mgi_count;
3945 
3946 		/* The current group size should be equal to default value */
3947 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == group_info.mgi_count);
3948 	}
3949 
3950 	/* Build up a dummy group for free resources as a pool */
3951 	group = groups + grpcnt;
3952 
3953 	/* Prepare basic information of the group */
3954 	group->mrg_index = -1;
3955 	group->mrg_type = rtype;
3956 	group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT;
3957 	group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip;
3958 	group->mrg_next = NULL;
3959 
3960 	/*
3961 	 * If there are ungrouped rings, allocate a continuous buffer for
3962 	 * remaining resources.
3963 	 */
3964 	if (ring_left != 0) {
3965 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
3966 		group->mrg_cur_count = 0;
3967 		mac_init_group(mip, group, ring_left, cap_rings);
3968 
3969 		/* The current group size should be equal to ring_left */
3970 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == ring_left);
3971 
3972 		ring_left = 0;
3973 
3974 		/* Update this group's status */
3975 		mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
3976 	} else
3977 		group->mrg_rings = NULL;
3978 
3979 	ASSERT(ring_left == 0);
3980 
3981 bail:
3982 
3983 	/* Cache other important information to finalize the initialization */
3984 	switch (rtype) {
3985 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
3986 		mip->mi_rx_group_type = cap_rings->mr_group_type;
3987 		mip->mi_rx_group_count = cap_rings->mr_gnum;
3988 		mip->mi_rx_groups = groups;
3989 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = groups;
3990 		if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
3991 			/*
3992 			 * The default ring is reserved since it is
3993 			 * used for sending the broadcast etc. packets.
3994 			 */
3995 			mip->mi_rxrings_avail =
3996 			    mip->mi_rx_groups->mrg_cur_count - 1;
3997 			mip->mi_rxrings_rsvd = 1;
3998 		}
3999 		/*
4000 		 * The default group cannot be reserved. It is used by
4001 		 * all the clients that do not have an exclusive group.
4002 		 */
4003 		mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_rx_group_count - 1;
4004 		mip->mi_rxhwclnt_used = 1;
4005 		break;
4006 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4007 		mip->mi_tx_group_type = pseudo_txgrp ? MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC :
4008 		    cap_rings->mr_group_type;
4009 		mip->mi_tx_group_count = grpcnt;
4010 		mip->mi_tx_group_free = group_free;
4011 		mip->mi_tx_groups = groups;
4012 
4013 		group = groups + grpcnt;
4014 		ring = group->mrg_rings;
4015 		/*
4016 		 * The ring can be NULL in the case of aggr. Aggr will
4017 		 * have an empty Tx group which will get populated
4018 		 * later when pseudo Tx rings are added after
4019 		 * mac_register() is done.
4020 		 */
4021 		if (ring == NULL) {
4022 			ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR);
4023 			/*
4024 			 * pass the group to aggr so it can add Tx
4025 			 * rings to the group later.
4026 			 */
4027 			cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, 0, NULL,
4028 			    (mac_group_handle_t)group);
4029 			/*
4030 			 * Even though there are no rings at this time
4031 			 * (rings will come later), set the group
4032 			 * state to registered.
4033 			 */
4034 			group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
4035 		} else {
4036 			/*
4037 			 * Ring 0 is used as the default one and it could be
4038 			 * assigned to a client as well.
4039 			 */
4040 			while ((ring->mr_index != 0) && (ring->mr_next != NULL))
4041 				ring = ring->mr_next;
4042 			ASSERT(ring->mr_index == 0);
4043 			mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
4044 		}
4045 		if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
4046 			mip->mi_txrings_avail = group->mrg_cur_count - 1;
4047 			/*
4048 			 * The default ring cannot be reserved.
4049 			 */
4050 			mip->mi_txrings_rsvd = 1;
4051 		/*
4052 		 * The default group cannot be reserved. It will be shared
4053 		 * by clients that do not have an exclusive group.
4054 		 */
4055 		mip->mi_txhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_tx_group_count;
4056 		mip->mi_txhwclnt_used = 1;
4057 		break;
4058 	default:
4059 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4060 	}
4061 
4062 	if (err != 0)
4063 		mac_free_rings(mip, rtype);
4064 
4065 	return (err);
4066 }
4067 
4068 /*
4069  * The ddi interrupt handle could be shared amoung rings. If so, compare
4070  * the new ring's ddi handle with the existing ones and set ddi_shared
4071  * flag.
4072  */
4073 void
4074 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mac_group_t *groups, uint_t grpcnt, mac_ring_t *cring)
4075 {
4076 	mac_group_t *group;
4077 	mac_ring_t *ring;
4078 	ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle;
4079 	int g;
4080 
4081 	ddi_handle = cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle;
4082 	for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) {
4083 		group = groups + g;
4084 		for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
4085 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
4086 			if (ring == cring)
4087 				continue;
4088 			if (ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle ==
4089 			    ddi_handle) {
4090 				if (cring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
4091 				    ring->mr_index == 0 &&
4092 				    !ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) {
4093 					ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4094 					    B_TRUE;
4095 				} else {
4096 					cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared =
4097 					    B_TRUE;
4098 				}
4099 				return;
4100 			}
4101 		}
4102 	}
4103 }
4104 
4105 /*
4106  * Called to free all groups of particular type (RX or TX). It's assumed that
4107  * no clients are using these groups.
4108  */
4109 void
4110 mac_free_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype)
4111 {
4112 	mac_group_t *group, *groups;
4113 	uint_t group_count;
4114 
4115 	switch (rtype) {
4116 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4117 		if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL)
4118 			return;
4119 
4120 		groups = mip->mi_rx_groups;
4121 		group_count = mip->mi_rx_group_count;
4122 
4123 		mip->mi_rx_groups = NULL;
4124 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = NULL;
4125 		mip->mi_rx_group_count = 0;
4126 		break;
4127 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4128 		ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_group_count == mip->mi_tx_group_free);
4129 
4130 		if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL)
4131 			return;
4132 
4133 		groups = mip->mi_tx_groups;
4134 		group_count = mip->mi_tx_group_count;
4135 
4136 		mip->mi_tx_groups = NULL;
4137 		mip->mi_tx_group_count = 0;
4138 		mip->mi_tx_group_free = 0;
4139 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = NULL;
4140 		break;
4141 	default:
4142 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4143 	}
4144 
4145 	for (group = groups; group != NULL; group = group->mrg_next) {
4146 		mac_ring_t *ring;
4147 
4148 		if (group->mrg_cur_count == 0)
4149 			continue;
4150 
4151 		ASSERT(group->mrg_rings != NULL);
4152 
4153 		while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) {
4154 			group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4155 			mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4156 		}
4157 	}
4158 
4159 	/* Free all the cached rings */
4160 	mac_ring_freeall(mip);
4161 	/* Free the block of group data strutures */
4162 	kmem_free(groups, sizeof (mac_group_t) * (group_count + 1));
4163 }
4164 
4165 /*
4166  * Associate a MAC address with a receive group.
4167  *
4168  * The return value of this function should always be checked properly, because
4169  * any type of failure could cause unexpected results. A group can be added
4170  * or removed with a MAC address only after it has been reserved. Ideally,
4171  * a successful reservation always leads to calling mac_group_addmac() to
4172  * steer desired traffic. Failure of adding an unicast MAC address doesn't
4173  * always imply that the group is functioning abnormally.
4174  *
4175  * Currently this function is called everywhere, and it reflects assumptions
4176  * about MAC addresses in the implementation. CR 6735196.
4177  */
4178 int
4179 mac_group_addmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr)
4180 {
4181 	ASSERT(group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4182 	ASSERT(group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac != NULL);
4183 
4184 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr));
4185 }
4186 
4187 /*
4188  * Remove the association between MAC address and receive group.
4189  */
4190 int
4191 mac_group_remmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr)
4192 {
4193 	ASSERT(group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX);
4194 	ASSERT(group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac != NULL);
4195 
4196 	return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr));
4197 }
4198 
4199 /*
4200  * This is the entry point for packets transmitted through the bridging code.
4201  * If no bridge is in place, MAC_RING_TX transmits using tx ring. The 'rh'
4202  * pointer may be NULL to select the default ring.
4203  */
4204 mblk_t *
4205 mac_bridge_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp)
4206 {
4207 	mac_handle_t mh;
4208 
4209 	/*
4210 	 * Once we take a reference on the bridge link, the bridge
4211 	 * module itself can't unload, so the callback pointers are
4212 	 * stable.
4213 	 */
4214 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
4215 	if ((mh = mip->mi_bridge_link) != NULL)
4216 		mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_TRUE);
4217 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
4218 	if (mh == NULL) {
4219 		MAC_RING_TX(mip, rh, mp, mp);
4220 	} else {
4221 		mp = mac_bridge_tx_cb(mh, rh, mp);
4222 		mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_FALSE);
4223 	}
4224 
4225 	return (mp);
4226 }
4227 
4228 /*
4229  * Find a ring from its index.
4230  */
4231 mac_ring_handle_t
4232 mac_find_ring(mac_group_handle_t gh, int index)
4233 {
4234 	mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh;
4235 	mac_ring_t *ring = group->mrg_rings;
4236 
4237 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next)
4238 		if (ring->mr_index == index)
4239 			break;
4240 
4241 	return ((mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
4242 }
4243 /*
4244  * Add a ring to an existing group.
4245  *
4246  * The ring must be either passed directly (for example if the ring
4247  * movement is initiated by the framework), or specified through a driver
4248  * index (for example when the ring is added by the driver.
4249  *
4250  * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function.
4251  */
4252 int
4253 i_mac_group_add_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, int index)
4254 {
4255 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh;
4256 	mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings;
4257 	boolean_t driver_call = (ring == NULL);
4258 	mac_group_type_t group_type;
4259 	int ret = 0;
4260 	flow_entry_t *flent;
4261 
4262 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4263 
4264 	switch (group->mrg_type) {
4265 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4266 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
4267 		group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type;
4268 		break;
4269 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4270 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
4271 		group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type;
4272 		break;
4273 	default:
4274 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4275 	}
4276 
4277 	/*
4278 	 * There should be no ring with the same ring index in the target
4279 	 * group.
4280 	 */
4281 	ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group,
4282 	    driver_call ? index : ring->mr_index) == NULL);
4283 
4284 	if (driver_call) {
4285 		/*
4286 		 * The function is called as a result of a request from
4287 		 * a driver to add a ring to an existing group, for example
4288 		 * from the aggregation driver. Allocate a new mac_ring_t
4289 		 * for that ring.
4290 		 */
4291 		ring = mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings);
4292 		ASSERT(group->mrg_state > MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT);
4293 	} else {
4294 		/*
4295 		 * The function is called as a result of a MAC layer request
4296 		 * to add a ring to an existing group. In this case the
4297 		 * ring is being moved between groups, which requires
4298 		 * the underlying driver to support dynamic grouping,
4299 		 * and the mac_ring_t already exists.
4300 		 */
4301 		ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC);
4302 		ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL ||
4303 		    cap_rings->mr_gaddring != NULL);
4304 		ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == NULL);
4305 	}
4306 
4307 	/*
4308 	 * At this point the ring should not be in use, and it should be
4309 	 * of the right for the target group.
4310 	 */
4311 	ASSERT(ring->mr_state < MR_INUSE);
4312 	ASSERT(ring->mr_srs == NULL);
4313 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type);
4314 
4315 	if (!driver_call) {
4316 		/*
4317 		 * Add the driver level hardware ring if the process was not
4318 		 * initiated by the driver, and the target group is not the
4319 		 * group.
4320 		 */
4321 		if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) {
4322 			cap_rings->mr_gaddring(group->mrg_driver,
4323 			    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4324 		}
4325 
4326 		/*
4327 		 * Insert the ring ahead existing rings.
4328 		 */
4329 		ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings;
4330 		group->mrg_rings = ring;
4331 		ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group;
4332 		group->mrg_cur_count++;
4333 	}
4334 
4335 	/*
4336 	 * If the group has not been actively used, we're done.
4337 	 */
4338 	if (group->mrg_index != -1 &&
4339 	    group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
4340 		return (0);
4341 
4342 	/*
4343 	 * Start the ring if needed. Failure causes to undo the grouping action.
4344 	 */
4345 	if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
4346 		if ((ret = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) {
4347 			if (!driver_call) {
4348 				cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver,
4349 				    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4350 			}
4351 			group->mrg_cur_count--;
4352 			group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4353 
4354 			ring->mr_gh = NULL;
4355 
4356 			if (driver_call)
4357 				mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4358 
4359 			return (ret);
4360 		}
4361 	}
4362 
4363 	/*
4364 	 * Set up SRS/SR according to the ring type.
4365 	 */
4366 	switch (ring->mr_type) {
4367 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4368 		/*
4369 		 * Setup SRS on top of the new ring if the group is
4370 		 * reserved for someones exclusive use.
4371 		 */
4372 		if (group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
4373 			mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
4374 
4375 			mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
4376 			/*
4377 			 * Even though this group is reserved we migth still
4378 			 * have multiple clients, i.e a VLAN shares the
4379 			 * group with the primary mac client.
4380 			 */
4381 			if (mcip != NULL) {
4382 				flent = mcip->mci_flent;
4383 				ASSERT(flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt > 0);
4384 				mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK);
4385 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent,
4386 				    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver,
4387 				    mcip, NULL, NULL);
4388 			} else {
4389 				ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER;
4390 			}
4391 		}
4392 		break;
4393 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4394 	{
4395 		mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = group->mrg_clients;
4396 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
4397 		mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
4398 		mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
4399 
4400 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) {
4401 			if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)
4402 				mac_stop_ring(ring);
4403 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
4404 			break;
4405 		}
4406 		/*
4407 		 * If the rings are being moved to a group that has
4408 		 * clients using it, then add the new rings to the
4409 		 * clients SRS.
4410 		 */
4411 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
4412 			boolean_t	is_aggr;
4413 
4414 			mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
4415 			flent = mcip->mci_flent;
4416 			is_aggr = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR);
4417 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
4418 			tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
4419 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4420 			/*
4421 			 * If we are  growing from 1 to multiple rings.
4422 			 */
4423 			if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW ||
4424 			    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE ||
4425 			    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) {
4426 				mac_ring_t	*tx_ring = tx->st_arg2;
4427 
4428 				tx->st_arg2 = NULL;
4429 				mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_TRUE);
4430 				mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, tx_ring);
4431 				if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) {
4432 					tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_BW_AGGR :
4433 					    SRS_TX_BW_FANOUT;
4434 				} else {
4435 					tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_AGGR :
4436 					    SRS_TX_FANOUT;
4437 				}
4438 				tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode);
4439 			}
4440 			mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, ring);
4441 			mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
4442 			    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL);
4443 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4444 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
4445 		}
4446 		break;
4447 	}
4448 	default:
4449 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4450 	}
4451 	/*
4452 	 * For aggr, the default ring will be NULL to begin with. If it
4453 	 * is NULL, then pick the first ring that gets added as the
4454 	 * default ring. Any ring in an aggregation can be removed at
4455 	 * any time (by the user action of removing a link) and if the
4456 	 * current default ring gets removed, then a new one gets
4457 	 * picked (see i_mac_group_rem_ring()).
4458 	 */
4459 	if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR &&
4460 	    mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL &&
4461 	    ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) {
4462 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring;
4463 	}
4464 
4465 	MAC_RING_UNMARK(ring, MR_INCIPIENT);
4466 	return (0);
4467 }
4468 
4469 /*
4470  * Remove a ring from it's current group. MAC internal function for dynamic
4471  * grouping.
4472  *
4473  * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function.
4474  */
4475 void
4476 i_mac_group_rem_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring,
4477     boolean_t driver_call)
4478 {
4479 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh;
4480 	mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings = NULL;
4481 	mac_group_type_t group_type;
4482 
4483 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4484 
4485 	ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group,
4486 	    ring->mr_index) == (mac_ring_handle_t)ring);
4487 	ASSERT((mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh == group);
4488 	ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type);
4489 
4490 	if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)
4491 		mac_stop_ring(ring);
4492 	switch (ring->mr_type) {
4493 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
4494 		group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type;
4495 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap;
4496 
4497 		/*
4498 		 * Only hardware classified packets hold a reference to the
4499 		 * ring all the way up the Rx path. mac_rx_srs_remove()
4500 		 * will take care of quiescing the Rx path and removing the
4501 		 * SRS. The software classified path neither holds a reference
4502 		 * nor any association with the ring in mac_rx.
4503 		 */
4504 		if (ring->mr_srs != NULL) {
4505 			mac_rx_srs_remove(ring->mr_srs);
4506 			ring->mr_srs = NULL;
4507 		}
4508 
4509 		break;
4510 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX:
4511 	{
4512 		mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
4513 		mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
4514 		mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
4515 		mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
4516 		mac_ring_t		*rem_ring;
4517 		mac_group_t		*defgrp;
4518 		uint_t			ring_info = 0;
4519 
4520 		/*
4521 		 * For TX this function is invoked in three
4522 		 * cases:
4523 		 *
4524 		 * 1) In the case of a failure during the
4525 		 * initial creation of a group when a share is
4526 		 * associated with a MAC client. So the SRS is not
4527 		 * yet setup, and will be setup later after the
4528 		 * group has been reserved and populated.
4529 		 *
4530 		 * 2) From mac_release_tx_group() when freeing
4531 		 * a TX SRS.
4532 		 *
4533 		 * 3) In the case of aggr, when a port gets removed,
4534 		 * the pseudo Tx rings that it exposed gets removed.
4535 		 *
4536 		 * In the first two cases the SRS and its soft
4537 		 * rings are already quiesced.
4538 		 */
4539 		if (driver_call) {
4540 			mac_client_impl_t *mcip;
4541 			mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs;
4542 			mac_soft_ring_t *sringp;
4543 			mac_srs_tx_t *srs_tx;
4544 
4545 			if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR &&
4546 			    mip->mi_default_tx_ring ==
4547 			    (mac_ring_handle_t)ring) {
4548 				/* pick a new default Tx ring */
4549 				mip->mi_default_tx_ring =
4550 				    (group->mrg_rings != ring) ?
4551 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)group->mrg_rings :
4552 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)(ring->mr_next);
4553 			}
4554 			/* Presently only aggr case comes here */
4555 			if (group->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
4556 				break;
4557 
4558 			mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
4559 			ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
4560 			ASSERT(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR);
4561 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
4562 			ASSERT(mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_AGGR ||
4563 			    mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_BW_AGGR);
4564 			srs_tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
4565 			/*
4566 			 * Wakeup any callers blocked on this
4567 			 * Tx ring due to flow control.
4568 			 */
4569 			sringp = srs_tx->st_soft_rings[ring->mr_index];
4570 			ASSERT(sringp != NULL);
4571 			mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, (mac_tx_cookie_t)sringp);
4572 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4573 			mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring);
4574 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4575 			break;
4576 		}
4577 		ASSERT(ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring);
4578 		group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type;
4579 		cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap;
4580 		/*
4581 		 * See if we need to take it out of the MAC clients using
4582 		 * this group
4583 		 */
4584 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group))
4585 			break;
4586 		mgcp = group->mrg_clients;
4587 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
4588 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
4589 			mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
4590 			mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
4591 			tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx;
4592 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4593 			/*
4594 			 * If we are here when removing rings from the
4595 			 * defgroup, mac_reserve_tx_ring would have
4596 			 * already deleted the ring from the MAC
4597 			 * clients in the group.
4598 			 */
4599 			if (group != defgrp) {
4600 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
4601 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
4602 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, ring));
4603 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring);
4604 			}
4605 			/*
4606 			 * Additionally, if  we are left with only
4607 			 * one ring in the group after this, we need
4608 			 * to modify the mode etc. to. (We haven't
4609 			 * yet taken the ring out, so we check with 2).
4610 			 */
4611 			if (group->mrg_cur_count == 2) {
4612 				if (ring->mr_next == NULL)
4613 					rem_ring = group->mrg_rings;
4614 				else
4615 					rem_ring = ring->mr_next;
4616 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
4617 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
4618 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs,
4619 				    rem_ring));
4620 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, rem_ring);
4621 				if (rem_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) {
4622 					(void) mac_start_ring(rem_ring);
4623 				}
4624 				tx->st_arg2 = (void *)rem_ring;
4625 				mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_FALSE);
4626 				ring_info = mac_hwring_getinfo(
4627 				    (mac_ring_handle_t)rem_ring);
4628 				/*
4629 				 * We are  shrinking from multiple
4630 				 * to 1 ring.
4631 				 */
4632 				if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) {
4633 					tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_BW;
4634 				} else if (mac_tx_serialize ||
4635 				    (ring_info & MAC_RING_TX_SERIALIZE)) {
4636 					tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_SERIALIZE;
4637 				} else {
4638 					tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_DEFAULT;
4639 				}
4640 				tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode);
4641 			}
4642 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
4643 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
4644 		}
4645 		break;
4646 	}
4647 	default:
4648 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4649 	}
4650 
4651 	/*
4652 	 * Remove the ring from the group.
4653 	 */
4654 	if (ring == group->mrg_rings)
4655 		group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next;
4656 	else {
4657 		mac_ring_t *pre;
4658 
4659 		pre = group->mrg_rings;
4660 		while (pre->mr_next != ring)
4661 			pre = pre->mr_next;
4662 		pre->mr_next = ring->mr_next;
4663 	}
4664 	group->mrg_cur_count--;
4665 
4666 	if (!driver_call) {
4667 		ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC);
4668 		ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL ||
4669 		    cap_rings->mr_gremring != NULL);
4670 
4671 		/*
4672 		 * Remove the driver level hardware ring.
4673 		 */
4674 		if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) {
4675 			cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver,
4676 			    ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type);
4677 		}
4678 	}
4679 
4680 	ring->mr_gh = NULL;
4681 	if (driver_call)
4682 		mac_ring_free(mip, ring);
4683 	else
4684 		ring->mr_flag = 0;
4685 }
4686 
4687 /*
4688  * Move a ring to the target group. If needed, remove the ring from the group
4689  * that it currently belongs to.
4690  *
4691  * The caller need to enter MAC's perimeter by calling mac_perim_enter().
4692  */
4693 static int
4694 mac_group_mov_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *d_group, mac_ring_t *ring)
4695 {
4696 	mac_group_t *s_group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh;
4697 	int rv;
4698 
4699 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4700 	ASSERT(d_group != NULL);
4701 	ASSERT(s_group->mrg_mh == d_group->mrg_mh);
4702 
4703 	if (s_group == d_group)
4704 		return (0);
4705 
4706 	/*
4707 	 * Remove it from current group first.
4708 	 */
4709 	if (s_group != NULL)
4710 		i_mac_group_rem_ring(s_group, ring, B_FALSE);
4711 
4712 	/*
4713 	 * Add it to the new group.
4714 	 */
4715 	rv = i_mac_group_add_ring(d_group, ring, 0);
4716 	if (rv != 0) {
4717 		/*
4718 		 * Failed to add ring back to source group. If
4719 		 * that fails, the ring is stuck in limbo, log message.
4720 		 */
4721 		if (i_mac_group_add_ring(s_group, ring, 0)) {
4722 			cmn_err(CE_WARN, "%s: failed to move ring %p\n",
4723 			    mip->mi_name, (void *)ring);
4724 		}
4725 	}
4726 
4727 	return (rv);
4728 }
4729 
4730 /*
4731  * Find a MAC address according to its value.
4732  */
4733 mac_address_t *
4734 mac_find_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, uint8_t *mac_addr)
4735 {
4736 	mac_address_t *map;
4737 
4738 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4739 
4740 	for (map = mip->mi_addresses; map != NULL; map = map->ma_next) {
4741 		if (bcmp(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)
4742 			break;
4743 	}
4744 
4745 	return (map);
4746 }
4747 
4748 /*
4749  * Check whether the MAC address is shared by multiple clients.
4750  */
4751 boolean_t
4752 mac_check_macaddr_shared(mac_address_t *map)
4753 {
4754 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)map->ma_mip));
4755 
4756 	return (map->ma_nusers > 1);
4757 }
4758 
4759 /*
4760  * Remove the specified MAC address from the MAC address list and free it.
4761  */
4762 static void
4763 mac_free_macaddr(mac_address_t *map)
4764 {
4765 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
4766 
4767 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4768 	ASSERT(mip->mi_addresses != NULL);
4769 
4770 	map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr);
4771 
4772 	ASSERT(map != NULL);
4773 	ASSERT(map->ma_nusers == 0);
4774 
4775 	if (map == mip->mi_addresses) {
4776 		mip->mi_addresses = map->ma_next;
4777 	} else {
4778 		mac_address_t *pre;
4779 
4780 		pre = mip->mi_addresses;
4781 		while (pre->ma_next != map)
4782 			pre = pre->ma_next;
4783 		pre->ma_next = map->ma_next;
4784 	}
4785 
4786 	kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t));
4787 }
4788 
4789 /*
4790  * Add a MAC address reference for a client. If the desired MAC address
4791  * exists, add a reference to it. Otherwise, add the new address by adding
4792  * it to a reserved group or setting promiscuous mode. Won't try different
4793  * group is the group is non-NULL, so the caller must explictly share
4794  * default group when needed.
4795  *
4796  * Note, the primary MAC address is initialized at registration time, so
4797  * to add it to default group only need to activate it if its reference
4798  * count is still zero. Also, some drivers may not have advertised RINGS
4799  * capability.
4800  */
4801 int
4802 mac_add_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, uint8_t *mac_addr,
4803     boolean_t use_hw)
4804 {
4805 	mac_address_t *map;
4806 	int err = 0;
4807 	boolean_t allocated_map = B_FALSE;
4808 
4809 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4810 
4811 	map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr);
4812 
4813 	/*
4814 	 * If the new MAC address has not been added. Allocate a new one
4815 	 * and set it up.
4816 	 */
4817 	if (map == NULL) {
4818 		map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP);
4819 		map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
4820 		bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
4821 		map->ma_nusers = 0;
4822 		map->ma_group = group;
4823 		map->ma_mip = mip;
4824 
4825 		/* add the new MAC address to the head of the address list */
4826 		map->ma_next = mip->mi_addresses;
4827 		mip->mi_addresses = map;
4828 
4829 		allocated_map = B_TRUE;
4830 	}
4831 
4832 	ASSERT(map->ma_group == NULL || map->ma_group == group);
4833 	if (map->ma_group == NULL)
4834 		map->ma_group = group;
4835 
4836 	/*
4837 	 * If the MAC address is already in use, simply account for the
4838 	 * new client.
4839 	 */
4840 	if (map->ma_nusers++ > 0)
4841 		return (0);
4842 
4843 	/*
4844 	 * Activate this MAC address by adding it to the reserved group.
4845 	 */
4846 	if (group != NULL) {
4847 		err = mac_group_addmac(group, (const uint8_t *)mac_addr);
4848 		if (err == 0) {
4849 			map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
4850 			return (0);
4851 		}
4852 	}
4853 
4854 	/*
4855 	 * The MAC address addition failed. If the client requires a
4856 	 * hardware classified MAC address, fail the operation.
4857 	 */
4858 	if (use_hw) {
4859 		err = ENOSPC;
4860 		goto bail;
4861 	}
4862 
4863 	/*
4864 	 * Try promiscuous mode.
4865 	 *
4866 	 * For drivers that don't advertise RINGS capability, do
4867 	 * nothing for the primary address.
4868 	 */
4869 	if ((group == NULL) &&
4870 	    (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)) {
4871 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
4872 		return (0);
4873 	}
4874 
4875 	/*
4876 	 * Enable promiscuous mode in order to receive traffic
4877 	 * to the new MAC address.
4878 	 */
4879 	if ((err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_TRUE)) == 0) {
4880 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC;
4881 		return (0);
4882 	}
4883 
4884 	/*
4885 	 * Free the MAC address that could not be added. Don't free
4886 	 * a pre-existing address, it could have been the entry
4887 	 * for the primary MAC address which was pre-allocated by
4888 	 * mac_init_macaddr(), and which must remain on the list.
4889 	 */
4890 bail:
4891 	map->ma_nusers--;
4892 	if (allocated_map)
4893 		mac_free_macaddr(map);
4894 	return (err);
4895 }
4896 
4897 /*
4898  * Remove a reference to a MAC address. This may cause to remove the MAC
4899  * address from an associated group or to turn off promiscuous mode.
4900  * The caller needs to handle the failure properly.
4901  */
4902 int
4903 mac_remove_macaddr(mac_address_t *map)
4904 {
4905 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
4906 	int err = 0;
4907 
4908 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4909 
4910 	ASSERT(map == mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr));
4911 
4912 	/*
4913 	 * If it's not the last client using this MAC address, only update
4914 	 * the MAC clients count.
4915 	 */
4916 	if (--map->ma_nusers > 0)
4917 		return (0);
4918 
4919 	/*
4920 	 * The MAC address is no longer used by any MAC client, so remove
4921 	 * it from its associated group, or turn off promiscuous mode
4922 	 * if it was enabled for the MAC address.
4923 	 */
4924 	switch (map->ma_type) {
4925 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED:
4926 		/*
4927 		 * Don't free the preset primary address for drivers that
4928 		 * don't advertise RINGS capability.
4929 		 */
4930 		if (map->ma_group == NULL)
4931 			return (0);
4932 
4933 		err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
4934 		if (err == 0)
4935 			map->ma_group = NULL;
4936 		break;
4937 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC:
4938 		err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_FALSE);
4939 		break;
4940 	default:
4941 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
4942 	}
4943 
4944 	if (err != 0)
4945 		return (err);
4946 
4947 	/*
4948 	 * We created MAC address for the primary one at registration, so we
4949 	 * won't free it here. mac_fini_macaddr() will take care of it.
4950 	 */
4951 	if (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) != 0)
4952 		mac_free_macaddr(map);
4953 
4954 	return (0);
4955 }
4956 
4957 /*
4958  * Update an existing MAC address. The caller need to make sure that the new
4959  * value has not been used.
4960  */
4961 int
4962 mac_update_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr)
4963 {
4964 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
4965 	int err = 0;
4966 
4967 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
4968 	ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL);
4969 
4970 	switch (map->ma_type) {
4971 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED:
4972 		/*
4973 		 * Update the primary address for drivers that are not
4974 		 * RINGS capable.
4975 		 */
4976 		if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) {
4977 			err = mip->mi_unicst(mip->mi_driver, (const uint8_t *)
4978 			    mac_addr);
4979 			if (err != 0)
4980 				return (err);
4981 			break;
4982 		}
4983 
4984 		/*
4985 		 * If this MAC address is not currently in use,
4986 		 * simply break out and update the value.
4987 		 */
4988 		if (map->ma_nusers == 0)
4989 			break;
4990 
4991 		/*
4992 		 * Need to replace the MAC address associated with a group.
4993 		 */
4994 		err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
4995 		if (err != 0)
4996 			return (err);
4997 
4998 		err = mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, mac_addr);
4999 
5000 		/*
5001 		 * Failure hints hardware error. The MAC layer needs to
5002 		 * have error notification facility to handle this.
5003 		 * Now, simply try to restore the value.
5004 		 */
5005 		if (err != 0)
5006 			(void) mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr);
5007 
5008 		break;
5009 	case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC:
5010 		/*
5011 		 * Need to do nothing more if in promiscuous mode.
5012 		 */
5013 		break;
5014 	default:
5015 		ASSERT(B_FALSE);
5016 	}
5017 
5018 	/*
5019 	 * Successfully replaced the MAC address.
5020 	 */
5021 	if (err == 0)
5022 		bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5023 
5024 	return (err);
5025 }
5026 
5027 /*
5028  * Freshen the MAC address with new value. Its caller must have updated the
5029  * hardware MAC address before calling this function.
5030  * This funcitons is supposed to be used to handle the MAC address change
5031  * notification from underlying drivers.
5032  */
5033 void
5034 mac_freshen_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr)
5035 {
5036 	mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip;
5037 
5038 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5039 	ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL);
5040 
5041 	/*
5042 	 * Freshen the MAC address with new value.
5043 	 */
5044 	bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5045 	bcopy(mac_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len);
5046 
5047 	/*
5048 	 * Update all MAC clients that share this MAC address.
5049 	 */
5050 	mac_unicast_update_clients(mip, map);
5051 }
5052 
5053 /*
5054  * Set up the primary MAC address.
5055  */
5056 void
5057 mac_init_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip)
5058 {
5059 	mac_address_t *map;
5060 
5061 	/*
5062 	 * The reference count is initialized to zero, until it's really
5063 	 * activated.
5064 	 */
5065 	map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP);
5066 	map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length;
5067 	bcopy(mip->mi_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len);
5068 
5069 	/*
5070 	 * If driver advertises RINGS capability, it shouldn't have initialized
5071 	 * its primary MAC address. For other drivers, including VNIC, the
5072 	 * primary address must work after registration.
5073 	 */
5074 	if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL)
5075 		map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED;
5076 
5077 	map->ma_mip = mip;
5078 
5079 	mip->mi_addresses = map;
5080 }
5081 
5082 /*
5083  * Clean up the primary MAC address. Note, only one primary MAC address
5084  * is allowed. All other MAC addresses must have been freed appropriately.
5085  */
5086 void
5087 mac_fini_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip)
5088 {
5089 	mac_address_t *map = mip->mi_addresses;
5090 
5091 	if (map == NULL)
5092 		return;
5093 
5094 	/*
5095 	 * If mi_addresses is initialized, there should be exactly one
5096 	 * entry left on the list with no users.
5097 	 */
5098 	ASSERT(map->ma_nusers == 0);
5099 	ASSERT(map->ma_next == NULL);
5100 
5101 	kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t));
5102 	mip->mi_addresses = NULL;
5103 }
5104 
5105 /*
5106  * Logging related functions.
5107  *
5108  * Note that Kernel statistics have been extended to maintain fine
5109  * granularity of statistics viz. hardware lane, software lane, fanout
5110  * stats etc. However, extended accounting continues to support only
5111  * aggregate statistics like before.
5112  */
5113 
5114 /* Write the flow description to a netinfo_t record */
5115 static netinfo_t *
5116 mac_write_flow_desc(flow_entry_t *flent, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5117 {
5118 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5119 	net_desc_t		*ndesc;
5120 	flow_desc_t		*fdesc;
5121 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
5122 
5123 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5124 	if (ninfo == NULL)
5125 		return (NULL);
5126 	ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5127 	if (ndesc == NULL) {
5128 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
5129 		return (NULL);
5130 	}
5131 
5132 	/*
5133 	 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc.
5134 	 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock
5135 	 */
5136 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
5137 	fdesc = &flent->fe_flow_desc;
5138 	mrp = &flent->fe_resource_props;
5139 
5140 	ndesc->nd_name = flent->fe_flow_name;
5141 	ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name;
5142 	bcopy(fdesc->fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL);
5143 	bcopy(fdesc->fd_dst_mac, ndesc->nd_edest, ETHERADDRL);
5144 	ndesc->nd_sap = htonl(fdesc->fd_sap);
5145 	ndesc->nd_isv4 = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_ipversion == IPV4_VERSION;
5146 	ndesc->nd_bw_limit = mrp->mrp_maxbw;
5147 	if (ndesc->nd_isv4) {
5148 		ndesc->nd_saddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_local_addr.s6_addr32[3]);
5149 		ndesc->nd_daddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_remote_addr.s6_addr32[3]);
5150 	} else {
5151 		bcopy(&fdesc->fd_local_addr, ndesc->nd_saddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN);
5152 		bcopy(&fdesc->fd_remote_addr, ndesc->nd_daddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN);
5153 	}
5154 	ndesc->nd_sport = htons(fdesc->fd_local_port);
5155 	ndesc->nd_dport = htons(fdesc->fd_remote_port);
5156 	ndesc->nd_protocol = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_protocol;
5157 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
5158 
5159 	ninfo->ni_record = ndesc;
5160 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t);
5161 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLDESC_REC;
5162 
5163 	return (ninfo);
5164 }
5165 
5166 /* Write the flow statistics to a netinfo_t record */
5167 static netinfo_t *
5168 mac_write_flow_stats(flow_entry_t *flent)
5169 {
5170 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5171 	net_stat_t		*nstat;
5172 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5173 	mac_rx_stats_t		*mac_rx_stat;
5174 	mac_tx_stats_t		*mac_tx_stat;
5175 	int			i;
5176 
5177 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5178 	if (ninfo == NULL)
5179 		return (NULL);
5180 	nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5181 	if (nstat == NULL) {
5182 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
5183 		return (NULL);
5184 	}
5185 
5186 	nstat->ns_name = flent->fe_flow_name;
5187 	for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
5188 		mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
5189 		mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat;
5190 
5191 		nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes +
5192 		    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes;
5193 		nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt +
5194 		    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt;
5195 		nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors;
5196 	}
5197 
5198 	mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(flent->fe_tx_srs);
5199 	if (mac_srs != NULL) {
5200 		mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat;
5201 
5202 		nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes;
5203 		nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets;
5204 		nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors;
5205 	}
5206 
5207 	ninfo->ni_record = nstat;
5208 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t);
5209 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLSTAT_REC;
5210 
5211 	return (ninfo);
5212 }
5213 
5214 /* Write the link description to a netinfo_t record */
5215 static netinfo_t *
5216 mac_write_link_desc(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5217 {
5218 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5219 	net_desc_t		*ndesc;
5220 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
5221 
5222 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5223 	if (ninfo == NULL)
5224 		return (NULL);
5225 	ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5226 	if (ndesc == NULL) {
5227 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
5228 		return (NULL);
5229 	}
5230 
5231 	ndesc->nd_name = mcip->mci_name;
5232 	ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name;
5233 	ndesc->nd_isv4 = B_TRUE;
5234 	/*
5235 	 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc.
5236 	 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock
5237 	 * after removing the flent from the flow table.
5238 	 */
5239 	mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock);
5240 	bcopy(flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL);
5241 	mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock);
5242 
5243 	ninfo->ni_record = ndesc;
5244 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t);
5245 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNDESC_REC;
5246 
5247 	return (ninfo);
5248 }
5249 
5250 /* Write the link statistics to a netinfo_t record */
5251 static netinfo_t *
5252 mac_write_link_stats(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
5253 {
5254 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5255 	net_stat_t		*nstat;
5256 	flow_entry_t		*flent;
5257 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5258 	mac_rx_stats_t		*mac_rx_stat;
5259 	mac_tx_stats_t		*mac_tx_stat;
5260 	int			i;
5261 
5262 	ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5263 	if (ninfo == NULL)
5264 		return (NULL);
5265 	nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP);
5266 	if (nstat == NULL) {
5267 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t));
5268 		return (NULL);
5269 	}
5270 
5271 	nstat->ns_name = mcip->mci_name;
5272 	flent = mcip->mci_flent;
5273 	if (flent != NULL)  {
5274 		for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) {
5275 			mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i];
5276 			mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat;
5277 
5278 			nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes +
5279 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes +
5280 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes;
5281 			nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt +
5282 			    mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt;
5283 			nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors;
5284 		}
5285 	}
5286 
5287 	mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(mcip->mci_flent->fe_tx_srs);
5288 	if (mac_srs != NULL) {
5289 		mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat;
5290 
5291 		nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes;
5292 		nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets;
5293 		nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors;
5294 	}
5295 
5296 	ninfo->ni_record = nstat;
5297 	ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t);
5298 	ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNSTAT_REC;
5299 
5300 	return (ninfo);
5301 }
5302 
5303 typedef struct i_mac_log_state_s {
5304 	boolean_t	mi_last;
5305 	int		mi_fenable;
5306 	int		mi_lenable;
5307 	list_t		*mi_list;
5308 } i_mac_log_state_t;
5309 
5310 /*
5311  * For a given flow, if the description has not been logged before, do it now.
5312  * If it is a VNIC, then we have collected information about it from the MAC
5313  * table, so skip it.
5314  *
5315  * Called through mac_flow_walk_nolock()
5316  *
5317  * Return 0 if successful.
5318  */
5319 static int
5320 mac_log_flowinfo(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg)
5321 {
5322 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = flent->fe_mcip;
5323 	i_mac_log_state_t	*lstate = arg;
5324 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5325 
5326 	if (mcip == NULL)
5327 		return (0);
5328 
5329 	/*
5330 	 * If the name starts with "vnic", and fe_user_generated is true (to
5331 	 * exclude the mcast and active flow entries created implicitly for
5332 	 * a vnic, it is a VNIC flow.  i.e. vnic1 is a vnic flow,
5333 	 * vnic/bge1/mcast1 is not and neither is vnic/bge1/active.
5334 	 */
5335 	if (strncasecmp(flent->fe_flow_name, "vnic", 4) == 0 &&
5336 	    (flent->fe_type & FLOW_USER) != 0) {
5337 		return (0);
5338 	}
5339 
5340 	if (!flent->fe_desc_logged) {
5341 		/*
5342 		 * We don't return error because we want to continue the
5343 		 * walk in case this is the last walk which means we
5344 		 * need to reset fe_desc_logged in all the flows.
5345 		 */
5346 		if ((ninfo = mac_write_flow_desc(flent, mcip)) == NULL)
5347 			return (0);
5348 		list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
5349 		flent->fe_desc_logged = B_TRUE;
5350 	}
5351 
5352 	/*
5353 	 * Regardless of the error, we want to proceed in case we have to
5354 	 * reset fe_desc_logged.
5355 	 */
5356 	ninfo = mac_write_flow_stats(flent);
5357 	if (ninfo == NULL)
5358 		return (-1);
5359 
5360 	list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
5361 
5362 	if (mcip != NULL && !(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED))
5363 		flent->fe_desc_logged = B_FALSE;
5364 
5365 	return (0);
5366 }
5367 
5368 /*
5369  * Log the description for each mac client of this mac_impl_t, if it
5370  * hasn't already been done. Additionally, log statistics for the link as
5371  * well. Walk the flow table and log information for each flow as well.
5372  * If it is the last walk (mci_last), then we turn off mci_desc_logged (and
5373  * also fe_desc_logged, if flow logging is on) since we want to log the
5374  * description if and when logging is restarted.
5375  *
5376  * Return 0 upon success or -1 upon failure
5377  */
5378 static int
5379 i_mac_impl_log(mac_impl_t *mip, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate)
5380 {
5381 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5382 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5383 
5384 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
5385 	/*
5386 	 * Only walk the client list for NIC and etherstub
5387 	 */
5388 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) ||
5389 	    ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) &&
5390 	    (mac_get_lower_mac_handle((mac_handle_t)mip) != NULL))) {
5391 		i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
5392 		return (0);
5393 	}
5394 
5395 	for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL;
5396 	    mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) {
5397 		if (!MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip))
5398 			continue;
5399 		if (lstate->mi_lenable) {
5400 			if (!(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) {
5401 				ninfo = mac_write_link_desc(mcip);
5402 				if (ninfo == NULL) {
5403 				/*
5404 				 * We can't terminate it if this is the last
5405 				 * walk, else there might be some links with
5406 				 * mi_desc_logged set to true, which means
5407 				 * their description won't be logged the next
5408 				 * time logging is started (similarly for the
5409 				 * flows within such links). We can continue
5410 				 * without walking the flow table (i.e. to
5411 				 * set fe_desc_logged to false) because we
5412 				 * won't have written any flow stuff for this
5413 				 * link as we haven't logged the link itself.
5414 				 */
5415 					i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
5416 					if (lstate->mi_last)
5417 						return (0);
5418 					else
5419 						return (-1);
5420 				}
5421 				mcip->mci_state_flags |= MCIS_DESC_LOGGED;
5422 				list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
5423 			}
5424 		}
5425 
5426 		ninfo = mac_write_link_stats(mcip);
5427 		if (ninfo == NULL && !lstate->mi_last) {
5428 			i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
5429 			return (-1);
5430 		}
5431 		list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo);
5432 
5433 		if (lstate->mi_last)
5434 			mcip->mci_state_flags &= ~MCIS_DESC_LOGGED;
5435 
5436 		if (lstate->mi_fenable) {
5437 			if (mcip->mci_subflow_tab != NULL) {
5438 				(void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(
5439 				    mcip->mci_subflow_tab, mac_log_flowinfo,
5440 				    lstate);
5441 			}
5442 		}
5443 	}
5444 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
5445 	return (0);
5446 }
5447 
5448 /*
5449  * modhash walker function to add a mac_impl_t to a list
5450  */
5451 /*ARGSUSED*/
5452 static uint_t
5453 i_mac_impl_list_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg)
5454 {
5455 	list_t			*list = (list_t *)arg;
5456 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)val;
5457 
5458 	if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) == 0) {
5459 		list_insert_tail(list, mip);
5460 		mip->mi_ref++;
5461 	}
5462 
5463 	return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
5464 }
5465 
5466 void
5467 i_mac_log_info(list_t *net_log_list, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate)
5468 {
5469 	list_t			mac_impl_list;
5470 	mac_impl_t		*mip;
5471 	netinfo_t		*ninfo;
5472 
5473 	/* Create list of mac_impls */
5474 	ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&i_mac_impl_lock));
5475 	list_create(&mac_impl_list, sizeof (mac_impl_t), offsetof(mac_impl_t,
5476 	    mi_node));
5477 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_impl_list_walker, &mac_impl_list);
5478 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5479 
5480 	/* Create log entries for each mac_impl */
5481 	for (mip = list_head(&mac_impl_list); mip != NULL;
5482 	    mip = list_next(&mac_impl_list, mip)) {
5483 		if (i_mac_impl_log(mip, lstate) != 0)
5484 			continue;
5485 	}
5486 
5487 	/* Remove elements and destroy list of mac_impls */
5488 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
5489 	while ((mip = list_remove_tail(&mac_impl_list)) != NULL) {
5490 		mip->mi_ref--;
5491 	}
5492 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5493 	list_destroy(&mac_impl_list);
5494 
5495 	/*
5496 	 * Write log entries to files outside of locks, free associated
5497 	 * structures, and remove entries from the list.
5498 	 */
5499 	while ((ninfo = list_head(net_log_list)) != NULL) {
5500 		(void) exacct_commit_netinfo(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_type);
5501 		list_remove(net_log_list, ninfo);
5502 		kmem_free(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_size);
5503 		kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (*ninfo));
5504 	}
5505 	list_destroy(net_log_list);
5506 }
5507 
5508 /*
5509  * The timer thread that runs every mac_logging_interval seconds and logs
5510  * link and/or flow information.
5511  */
5512 /* ARGSUSED */
5513 void
5514 mac_log_linkinfo(void *arg)
5515 {
5516 	i_mac_log_state_t	lstate;
5517 	list_t			net_log_list;
5518 
5519 	list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t),
5520 	    offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link));
5521 
5522 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER);
5523 	if (!mac_flow_log_enable && !mac_link_log_enable) {
5524 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5525 		return;
5526 	}
5527 	lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable;
5528 	lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable;
5529 	lstate.mi_last = B_FALSE;
5530 	lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list;
5531 
5532 	/* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */
5533 	i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate);
5534 
5535 	if (mac_flow_log_enable || mac_link_log_enable) {
5536 		mac_logging_timer = timeout(mac_log_linkinfo, NULL,
5537 		    SEC_TO_TICK(mac_logging_interval));
5538 	}
5539 }
5540 
5541 typedef struct i_mac_fastpath_state_s {
5542 	boolean_t	mf_disable;
5543 	int		mf_err;
5544 } i_mac_fastpath_state_t;
5545 
5546 /* modhash walker function to enable or disable fastpath */
5547 /*ARGSUSED*/
5548 static uint_t
5549 i_mac_fastpath_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val,
5550     void *arg)
5551 {
5552 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	*state = arg;
5553 	mac_handle_t		mh = (mac_handle_t)val;
5554 
5555 	if (state->mf_disable)
5556 		state->mf_err = mac_fastpath_disable(mh);
5557 	else
5558 		mac_fastpath_enable(mh);
5559 
5560 	return (state->mf_err == 0 ? MH_WALK_CONTINUE : MH_WALK_TERMINATE);
5561 }
5562 
5563 /*
5564  * Start the logging timer.
5565  */
5566 int
5567 mac_start_logusage(mac_logtype_t type, uint_t interval)
5568 {
5569 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	dstate = {B_TRUE, 0};
5570 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	estate = {B_FALSE, 0};
5571 	int			err;
5572 
5573 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
5574 	switch (type) {
5575 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
5576 		if (mac_flow_log_enable) {
5577 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5578 			return (0);
5579 		}
5580 		/* FALLTHRU */
5581 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
5582 		if (mac_link_log_enable) {
5583 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5584 			return (0);
5585 		}
5586 		break;
5587 	default:
5588 		ASSERT(0);
5589 	}
5590 
5591 	/* Disable fastpath */
5592 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &dstate);
5593 	if ((err = dstate.mf_err) != 0) {
5594 		/* Reenable fastpath  */
5595 		mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate);
5596 		rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5597 		return (err);
5598 	}
5599 
5600 	switch (type) {
5601 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
5602 		mac_flow_log_enable = B_TRUE;
5603 		/* FALLTHRU */
5604 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
5605 		mac_link_log_enable = B_TRUE;
5606 		break;
5607 	}
5608 
5609 	mac_logging_interval = interval;
5610 	rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5611 	mac_log_linkinfo(NULL);
5612 	return (0);
5613 }
5614 
5615 /*
5616  * Stop the logging timer if both link and flow logging are turned off.
5617  */
5618 void
5619 mac_stop_logusage(mac_logtype_t type)
5620 {
5621 	i_mac_log_state_t	lstate;
5622 	i_mac_fastpath_state_t	estate = {B_FALSE, 0};
5623 	list_t			net_log_list;
5624 
5625 	list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t),
5626 	    offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link));
5627 
5628 	rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER);
5629 
5630 	lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable;
5631 	lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable;
5632 	lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list;
5633 
5634 	/* Last walk */
5635 	lstate.mi_last = B_TRUE;
5636 
5637 	switch (type) {
5638 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW:
5639 		if (lstate.mi_fenable) {
5640 			ASSERT(mac_link_log_enable);
5641 			mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE;
5642 			mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
5643 			break;
5644 		}
5645 		/* FALLTHRU */
5646 	case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK:
5647 		if (!lstate.mi_lenable || mac_flow_log_enable) {
5648 			rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock);
5649 			return;
5650 		}
5651 		mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE;
5652 		break;
5653 	default:
5654 		ASSERT(0);
5655 	}
5656 
5657 	/* Reenable fastpath */
5658 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate);
5659 
5660 	(void) untimeout(mac_logging_timer);
5661 	mac_logging_timer = 0;
5662 
5663 	/* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */
5664 	i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate);
5665 }
5666 
5667 /*
5668  * Walk the rx and tx SRS/SRs for a flow and update the priority value.
5669  */
5670 void
5671 mac_flow_update_priority(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, flow_entry_t *flent)
5672 {
5673 	pri_t			pri;
5674 	int			count;
5675 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*mac_srs;
5676 
5677 	if (flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt <= 0)
5678 		return;
5679 
5680 	if (((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[0])->srs_type ==
5681 	    SRST_FLOW) {
5682 		pri = FLOW_PRIORITY(mcip->mci_min_pri,
5683 		    mcip->mci_max_pri,
5684 		    flent->fe_resource_props.mrp_priority);
5685 	} else {
5686 		pri = mcip->mci_max_pri;
5687 	}
5688 
5689 	for (count = 0; count < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; count++) {
5690 		mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[count];
5691 		mac_update_srs_priority(mac_srs, pri);
5692 	}
5693 	/*
5694 	 * If we have a Tx SRS, we need to modify all the threads associated
5695 	 * with it.
5696 	 */
5697 	if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL)
5698 		mac_update_srs_priority(flent->fe_tx_srs, pri);
5699 }
5700 
5701 /*
5702  * RX and TX rings are reserved according to different semantics depending
5703  * on the requests from the MAC clients and type of rings:
5704  *
5705  * On the Tx side, by default we reserve individual rings, independently from
5706  * the groups.
5707  *
5708  * On the Rx side, the reservation is at the granularity of the group
5709  * of rings, and used for v12n level 1 only. It has a special case for the
5710  * primary client.
5711  *
5712  * If a share is allocated to a MAC client, we allocate a TX group and an
5713  * RX group to the client, and assign TX rings and RX rings to these
5714  * groups according to information gathered from the driver through
5715  * the share capability.
5716  *
5717  * The foreseable evolution of Rx rings will handle v12n level 2 and higher
5718  * to allocate individual rings out of a group and program the hw classifier
5719  * based on IP address or higher level criteria.
5720  */
5721 
5722 /*
5723  * mac_reserve_tx_ring()
5724  * Reserve a unused ring by marking it with MR_INUSE state.
5725  * As reserved, the ring is ready to function.
5726  *
5727  * Notes for Hybrid I/O:
5728  *
5729  * If a specific ring is needed, it is specified through the desired_ring
5730  * argument. Otherwise that argument is set to NULL.
5731  * If the desired ring was previous allocated to another client, this
5732  * function swaps it with a new ring from the group of unassigned rings.
5733  */
5734 mac_ring_t *
5735 mac_reserve_tx_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *desired_ring)
5736 {
5737 	mac_group_t		*group;
5738 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
5739 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5740 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*srs;
5741 
5742 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
5743 
5744 	/*
5745 	 * Find an available ring and start it before changing its status.
5746 	 * The unassigned rings are at the end of the mi_tx_groups
5747 	 * array.
5748 	 */
5749 	group = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
5750 
5751 	/* Can't take the default ring out of the default group */
5752 	ASSERT(desired_ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring);
5753 
5754 	if (desired_ring->mr_state == MR_FREE) {
5755 		ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group));
5756 		if (mac_start_ring(desired_ring) != 0)
5757 			return (NULL);
5758 		return (desired_ring);
5759 	}
5760 	/*
5761 	 * There are clients using this ring, so let's move the clients
5762 	 * away from using this ring.
5763 	 */
5764 	for (mgcp = group->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) {
5765 		mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
5766 		mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5767 		srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
5768 		ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, desired_ring));
5769 		mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
5770 		    (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs,
5771 		    desired_ring));
5772 		mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, desired_ring);
5773 		mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5774 	}
5775 	return (desired_ring);
5776 }
5777 
5778 /*
5779  * For a reserved group with multiple clients, return the primary client.
5780  */
5781 static mac_client_impl_t *
5782 mac_get_grp_primary(mac_group_t *grp)
5783 {
5784 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
5785 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5786 
5787 	while (mgcp != NULL) {
5788 		mcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
5789 		if (mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC)
5790 			return (mcip);
5791 		mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
5792 	}
5793 	return (NULL);
5794 }
5795 
5796 /*
5797  * Hybrid I/O specifies the ring that should be given to a share.
5798  * If the ring is already used by clients, then we need to release
5799  * the ring back to the default group so that we can give it to
5800  * the share. This means the clients using this ring now get a
5801  * replacement ring. If there aren't any replacement rings, this
5802  * function returns a failure.
5803  */
5804 static int
5805 mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type,
5806     mac_ring_t *ring, mac_ring_t **rings, int nrings)
5807 {
5808 	mac_group_t		*group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh;
5809 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp;
5810 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
5811 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
5812 	mac_ring_t		*tring;
5813 	mac_group_t		*tgrp;
5814 	int			i;
5815 	int			j;
5816 
5817 	mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
5818 	if (mcip == NULL)
5819 		mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group);
5820 	ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
5821 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == NULL);
5822 
5823 	mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
5824 	if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) {
5825 		defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
5826 		if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0) {
5827 			/* Need to put this mac client in the default group */
5828 			if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp) != 0)
5829 				return (ENOSPC);
5830 		} else {
5831 			/*
5832 			 * Switch this ring with some other ring from
5833 			 * the default group.
5834 			 */
5835 			for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
5836 			    tring = tring->mr_next) {
5837 				if (tring->mr_index == 0)
5838 					continue;
5839 				for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5840 					if (rings[j] == tring)
5841 						break;
5842 				}
5843 				if (j >= nrings)
5844 					break;
5845 			}
5846 			if (tring == NULL)
5847 				return (ENOSPC);
5848 			if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0)
5849 				return (ENOSPC);
5850 			if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) {
5851 				(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring);
5852 				return (ENOSPC);
5853 			}
5854 		}
5855 		ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp);
5856 		return (0);
5857 	}
5858 
5859 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
5860 	if (ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
5861 		/*
5862 		 * See if we can get a spare ring to replace the default
5863 		 * ring.
5864 		 */
5865 		if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1) {
5866 			/*
5867 			 * Need to get a ring from another client, see if
5868 			 * there are any clients that can be moved to
5869 			 * the default group, thereby freeing some rings.
5870 			 */
5871 			for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) {
5872 				tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
5873 				if (tgrp->mrg_state ==
5874 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) {
5875 					continue;
5876 				}
5877 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
5878 				if (mcip == NULL)
5879 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
5880 				ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
5881 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
5882 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) {
5883 					ASSERT(tgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1);
5884 					/*
5885 					 * If this ring is part of the
5886 					 * rings asked by the share we cannot
5887 					 * use it as the default ring.
5888 					 */
5889 					for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5890 						if (rings[j] == tgrp->mrg_rings)
5891 							break;
5892 					}
5893 					if (j < nrings)
5894 						continue;
5895 					mac_tx_client_quiesce(
5896 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5897 					mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp,
5898 					    defgrp);
5899 					mac_tx_client_restart(
5900 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5901 					break;
5902 				}
5903 			}
5904 			/*
5905 			 * All the rings are reserved, can't give up the
5906 			 * default ring.
5907 			 */
5908 			if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count <= 1)
5909 				return (ENOSPC);
5910 		}
5911 		/*
5912 		 * Swap the default ring with another.
5913 		 */
5914 		for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
5915 		    tring = tring->mr_next) {
5916 			/*
5917 			 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the
5918 			 * share we cannot use it as the default ring.
5919 			 */
5920 			for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5921 				if (rings[j] == tring)
5922 					break;
5923 			}
5924 			if (j >= nrings)
5925 				break;
5926 		}
5927 		ASSERT(tring != NULL);
5928 		mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)tring;
5929 		return (0);
5930 	}
5931 	/*
5932 	 * The Tx ring is with a group reserved by a MAC client. See if
5933 	 * we can swap it.
5934 	 */
5935 	ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED);
5936 	mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group);
5937 	if (mcip == NULL)
5938 		mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group);
5939 	ASSERT(mcip !=  NULL);
5940 	mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
5941 	mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5942 	if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) {
5943 		ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == 1);
5944 		/* Put this mac client in the default group */
5945 		mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp);
5946 	} else {
5947 		/*
5948 		 * Switch this ring with some other ring from
5949 		 * the default group.
5950 		 */
5951 		for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL;
5952 		    tring = tring->mr_next) {
5953 			if (tring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring)
5954 				continue;
5955 			/*
5956 			 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the
5957 			 * share we cannot use it for swapping.
5958 			 */
5959 			for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) {
5960 				if (rings[j] == tring)
5961 					break;
5962 			}
5963 			if (j >= nrings)
5964 				break;
5965 		}
5966 		if (tring == NULL) {
5967 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5968 			return (ENOSPC);
5969 		}
5970 		if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) {
5971 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5972 			return (ENOSPC);
5973 		}
5974 		if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) {
5975 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring);
5976 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5977 			return (ENOSPC);
5978 		}
5979 	}
5980 	mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
5981 	ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp);
5982 	return (0);
5983 }
5984 
5985 /*
5986  * Populate a zero-ring group with rings. If the share is non-NULL,
5987  * the rings are chosen according to that share.
5988  * Invoked after allocating a new RX or TX group through
5989  * mac_reserve_rx_group() or mac_reserve_tx_group(), respectively.
5990  * Returns zero on success, an errno otherwise.
5991  */
5992 int
5993 i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type,
5994     mac_group_t *src_group, mac_group_t *new_group, mac_share_handle_t share,
5995     uint32_t ringcnt)
5996 {
5997 	mac_ring_t **rings, *ring;
5998 	uint_t nrings;
5999 	int rv = 0, i = 0, j;
6000 
6001 	ASSERT((ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
6002 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) ||
6003 	    (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
6004 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC));
6005 
6006 	/*
6007 	 * First find the rings to allocate to the group.
6008 	 */
6009 	if (share != NULL) {
6010 		/* get rings through ms_squery() */
6011 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, NULL, &nrings);
6012 		ASSERT(nrings != 0);
6013 		rings = kmem_alloc(nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
6014 		    KM_SLEEP);
6015 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type,
6016 		    (mac_ring_handle_t *)rings, &nrings);
6017 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
6018 			/*
6019 			 * If we have given this ring to a non-default
6020 			 * group, we need to check if we can get this
6021 			 * ring.
6022 			 */
6023 			ring = rings[i];
6024 			if (ring->mr_gh != (mac_group_handle_t)src_group ||
6025 			    ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
6026 				if (mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mip, ring_type,
6027 				    ring, rings, nrings) != 0) {
6028 					rv = ENOSPC;
6029 					goto bail;
6030 				}
6031 			}
6032 		}
6033 	} else {
6034 		/*
6035 		 * Pick one ring from default group.
6036 		 *
6037 		 * for now pick the second ring which requires the first ring
6038 		 * at index 0 to stay in the default group, since it is the
6039 		 * ring which carries the multicast traffic.
6040 		 * We need a better way for a driver to indicate this,
6041 		 * for example a per-ring flag.
6042 		 */
6043 		rings = kmem_alloc(ringcnt * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
6044 		    KM_SLEEP);
6045 		for (ring = src_group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
6046 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
6047 			if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX &&
6048 			    ring->mr_index == 0) {
6049 				continue;
6050 			}
6051 			if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX &&
6052 			    ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
6053 				continue;
6054 			}
6055 			rings[i++] = ring;
6056 			if (i == ringcnt)
6057 				break;
6058 		}
6059 		ASSERT(ring != NULL);
6060 		nrings = i;
6061 		/* Not enough rings as required */
6062 		if (nrings != ringcnt) {
6063 			rv = ENOSPC;
6064 			goto bail;
6065 		}
6066 	}
6067 
6068 	switch (ring_type) {
6069 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX:
6070 		if (src_group->mrg_cur_count - nrings < 1) {
6071 			/* we ran out of rings */
6072 			rv = ENOSPC;
6073 			goto bail;
6074 		}
6075 
6076 		/* move receive rings to new group */
6077 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
6078 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]);
6079 			if (rv != 0) {
6080 				/* move rings back on failure */
6081 				for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
6082 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip,
6083 					    src_group, rings[j]);
6084 				}
6085 				goto bail;
6086 			}
6087 		}
6088 		break;
6089 
6090 	case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: {
6091 		mac_ring_t *tmp_ring;
6092 
6093 		/* move the TX rings to the new group */
6094 		for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) {
6095 			/* get the desired ring */
6096 			tmp_ring = mac_reserve_tx_ring(mip, rings[i]);
6097 			if (tmp_ring == NULL) {
6098 				rv = ENOSPC;
6099 				goto bail;
6100 			}
6101 			ASSERT(tmp_ring == rings[i]);
6102 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]);
6103 			if (rv != 0) {
6104 				/* cleanup on failure */
6105 				for (j = 0; j < i; j++) {
6106 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip,
6107 					    MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip),
6108 					    rings[j]);
6109 				}
6110 				goto bail;
6111 			}
6112 		}
6113 		break;
6114 	}
6115 	}
6116 
6117 	/* add group to share */
6118 	if (share != NULL)
6119 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sadd(share, new_group->mrg_driver);
6120 
6121 bail:
6122 	/* free temporary array of rings */
6123 	kmem_free(rings, nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t));
6124 
6125 	return (rv);
6126 }
6127 
6128 void
6129 mac_group_add_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6130 {
6131 	mac_grp_client_t *mgcp;
6132 
6133 	for (mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) {
6134 		if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip)
6135 			break;
6136 	}
6137 
6138 	VERIFY(mgcp == NULL);
6139 
6140 	mgcp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_grp_client_t), KM_SLEEP);
6141 	mgcp->mgc_client = mcip;
6142 	mgcp->mgc_next = grp->mrg_clients;
6143 	grp->mrg_clients = mgcp;
6144 
6145 }
6146 
6147 void
6148 mac_group_remove_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
6149 {
6150 	mac_grp_client_t *mgcp, **pprev;
6151 
6152 	for (pprev = &grp->mrg_clients, mgcp = *pprev; mgcp != NULL;
6153 	    pprev = &mgcp->mgc_next, mgcp = *pprev) {
6154 		if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip)
6155 			break;
6156 	}
6157 
6158 	ASSERT(mgcp != NULL);
6159 
6160 	*pprev = mgcp->mgc_next;
6161 	kmem_free(mgcp, sizeof (mac_grp_client_t));
6162 }
6163 
6164 /*
6165  * mac_reserve_rx_group()
6166  *
6167  * Finds an available group and exclusively reserves it for a client.
6168  * The group is chosen to suit the flow's resource controls (bandwidth and
6169  * fanout requirements) and the address type.
6170  * If the requestor is the pimary MAC then return the group with the
6171  * largest number of rings, otherwise the default ring when available.
6172  */
6173 mac_group_t *
6174 mac_reserve_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, uint8_t *mac_addr, boolean_t move)
6175 {
6176 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
6177 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6178 	mac_group_t		*grp = NULL;
6179 	int			i;
6180 	int			err = 0;
6181 	mac_address_t		*map;
6182 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6183 	int			nrings;
6184 	int			donor_grp_rcnt;
6185 	boolean_t		need_exclgrp = B_FALSE;
6186 	int			need_rings = 0;
6187 	mac_group_t		*candidate_grp = NULL;
6188 	mac_client_impl_t	*gclient;
6189 	mac_resource_props_t	*gmrp;
6190 	mac_group_t		*donorgrp = NULL;
6191 	boolean_t		rxhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS;
6192 	boolean_t		unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
6193 	boolean_t		isprimary;
6194 
6195 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip));
6196 
6197 	isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC;
6198 
6199 	/*
6200 	 * Check if a group already has this mac address (case of VLANs)
6201 	 * unless we are moving this MAC client from one group to another.
6202 	 */
6203 	if (!move && (map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr)) != NULL) {
6204 		if (map->ma_group != NULL)
6205 			return (map->ma_group);
6206 	}
6207 	if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_rx_group_count == 0)
6208 		return (NULL);
6209 	/*
6210 	 * If exclusive open, return NULL which will enable the
6211 	 * caller to use the default group.
6212 	 */
6213 	if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE)
6214 		return (NULL);
6215 
6216 	/* For dynamic groups default unspecified to 1 */
6217 	if (rxhw && unspec &&
6218 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6219 		mrp->mrp_nrxrings = 1;
6220 	}
6221 	/*
6222 	 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and
6223 	 * unspecified
6224 	 */
6225 	if (rxhw && mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0 &&
6226 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) {
6227 		return (NULL);
6228 	}
6229 	if (rxhw) {
6230 		/*
6231 		 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with nrxrings,
6232 		 * if unspec).
6233 		 */
6234 		if (unspec || mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0) {
6235 			need_exclgrp = B_TRUE;
6236 			need_rings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
6237 		} else if (mrp->mrp_nrxrings == 0) {
6238 			/*
6239 			 * We have asked for a software group.
6240 			 */
6241 			return (NULL);
6242 		}
6243 	} else if (isprimary && mip->mi_nactiveclients == 1 &&
6244 	    mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6245 		/*
6246 		 * If the primary is the only active client on this
6247 		 * mip and we have not asked for any rings, we give
6248 		 * it the default group so that the primary gets to
6249 		 * use all the rings.
6250 		 */
6251 		return (NULL);
6252 	}
6253 
6254 	/* The group that can donate rings */
6255 	donorgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
6256 
6257 	/*
6258 	 * The number of rings that the default group can donate.
6259 	 * We need to leave at least one ring.
6260 	 */
6261 	donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
6262 
6263 	/*
6264 	 * Try to exclusively reserve a RX group.
6265 	 *
6266 	 * For flows requiring HW_DEFAULT_RING (unicast flow of the primary
6267 	 * client), try to reserve the a non-default RX group and give
6268 	 * it all the rings from the donor group, except the default ring
6269 	 *
6270 	 * For flows requiring HW_RING (unicast flow of other clients), try
6271 	 * to reserve non-default RX group with the specified number of
6272 	 * rings, if available.
6273 	 *
6274 	 * For flows that have not asked for software or hardware ring,
6275 	 * try to reserve a non-default group with 1 ring, if available.
6276 	 */
6277 	for (i = 1; i < mip->mi_rx_group_count; i++) {
6278 		grp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i];
6279 
6280 		DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__trying, char *, mip->mi_name,
6281 		    int, grp->mrg_index, mac_group_state_t, grp->mrg_state);
6282 
6283 		/*
6284 		 * Check if this group could be a candidate group for
6285 		 * eviction if we need a group for this MAC client,
6286 		 * but there aren't any. A candidate group is one
6287 		 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got
6288 		 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what
6289 		 * the donor group can donate) for the new MAC
6290 		 * client
6291 		 */
6292 		if (grp->mrg_state >= MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
6293 			/*
6294 			 * If the primary/donor group is not the default
6295 			 * group, don't bother looking for a candidate group.
6296 			 * If we don't have enough rings we will check
6297 			 * if the primary group can be vacated.
6298 			 */
6299 			if (candidate_grp == NULL &&
6300 			    donorgrp == MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) {
6301 				ASSERT(!MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp));
6302 				gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6303 				if (gclient == NULL)
6304 					gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6305 				ASSERT(gclient != NULL);
6306 				gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient);
6307 				if (gclient->mci_share == NULL &&
6308 				    (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0 &&
6309 				    (unspec ||
6310 				    (grp->mrg_cur_count + donor_grp_rcnt >=
6311 				    need_rings))) {
6312 					candidate_grp = grp;
6313 				}
6314 			}
6315 			continue;
6316 		}
6317 		/*
6318 		 * This group could already be SHARED by other multicast
6319 		 * flows on this client. In that case, the group would
6320 		 * be shared and has already been started.
6321 		 */
6322 		ASSERT(grp->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT);
6323 
6324 		if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) &&
6325 		    (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)) {
6326 			continue;
6327 		}
6328 
6329 		if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
6330 			break;
6331 		ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
6332 
6333 		/*
6334 		 * Populate the group. Rings should be taken
6335 		 * from the donor group.
6336 		 */
6337 		nrings = rxhw ? need_rings : isprimary ? donor_grp_rcnt: 1;
6338 
6339 		/*
6340 		 * If the donor group can't donate, let's just walk and
6341 		 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have
6342 		 * enough rings for this, unless we already have
6343 		 * identified a candiate group..
6344 		 */
6345 		if (nrings <= donor_grp_rcnt) {
6346 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX,
6347 			    donorgrp, grp, share, nrings);
6348 			if (err == 0) {
6349 				/*
6350 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
6351 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
6352 				 * the property for the client now.
6353 				 */
6354 				if (share != NULL) {
6355 					mac_client_set_rings(
6356 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip,
6357 					    grp->mrg_cur_count, -1);
6358 				}
6359 				if (mac_is_primary_client(mcip) && !rxhw)
6360 					mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = grp;
6361 				break;
6362 			}
6363 		}
6364 
6365 		DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
6366 		    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
6367 
6368 		/*
6369 		 * It's a dynamic group but the grouping operation
6370 		 * failed.
6371 		 */
6372 		mac_stop_group(grp);
6373 	}
6374 	/* We didn't find an exclusive group for this MAC client */
6375 	if (i >= mip->mi_rx_group_count) {
6376 
6377 		if (!need_exclgrp)
6378 			return (NULL);
6379 
6380 		/*
6381 		 * If we found a candidate group then we switch the
6382 		 * MAC client from the candidate_group to the default
6383 		 * group and give the group to this MAC client. If
6384 		 * we didn't find a candidate_group, check if the
6385 		 * primary is in its own group and if it can make way
6386 		 * for this MAC client.
6387 		 */
6388 		if (candidate_grp == NULL &&
6389 		    donorgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) &&
6390 		    donorgrp->mrg_cur_count >= need_rings) {
6391 			candidate_grp = donorgrp;
6392 		}
6393 		if (candidate_grp != NULL) {
6394 			boolean_t	prim_grp = B_FALSE;
6395 
6396 			/*
6397 			 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate group
6398 			 * to the default group.. If this group was the
6399 			 * donor group, then after the switch we need
6400 			 * to update the donor group too.
6401 			 */
6402 			grp = candidate_grp;
6403 			gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6404 			if (gclient == NULL)
6405 				gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6406 			if (grp == mip->mi_rx_donor_grp)
6407 				prim_grp = B_TRUE;
6408 			if (mac_rx_switch_group(gclient, grp,
6409 			    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != 0) {
6410 				return (NULL);
6411 			}
6412 			if (prim_grp) {
6413 				mip->mi_rx_donor_grp =
6414 				    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
6415 				donorgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
6416 			}
6417 
6418 
6419 			/*
6420 			 * Now give this group with the required rings
6421 			 * to this MAC client.
6422 			 */
6423 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
6424 			if (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)
6425 				return (NULL);
6426 
6427 			if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
6428 				return (grp);
6429 
6430 			donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
6431 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
6432 			ASSERT(donor_grp_rcnt >= need_rings);
6433 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX,
6434 			    donorgrp, grp, share, need_rings);
6435 			if (err == 0) {
6436 				/*
6437 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
6438 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
6439 				 * the property for the client now.
6440 				 */
6441 				if (share != NULL) {
6442 					mac_client_set_rings(
6443 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip,
6444 					    grp->mrg_cur_count, -1);
6445 				}
6446 				DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved,
6447 				    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index);
6448 				return (grp);
6449 			}
6450 			DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
6451 			    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
6452 			mac_stop_group(grp);
6453 		}
6454 		return (NULL);
6455 	}
6456 	ASSERT(grp != NULL);
6457 
6458 	DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved,
6459 	    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index);
6460 	return (grp);
6461 }
6462 
6463 /*
6464  * mac_rx_release_group()
6465  *
6466  * This is called when there are no clients left for the group.
6467  * The group is stopped and marked MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED,
6468  * and if it is a non default group, the shares are removed and
6469  * all rings are assigned back to default group.
6470  */
6471 void
6472 mac_release_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group)
6473 {
6474 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6475 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
6476 
6477 	ASSERT(group != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip));
6478 
6479 	if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group)
6480 		mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
6481 
6482 	/*
6483 	 * This is the case where there are no clients left. Any
6484 	 * SRS etc on this group have also be quiesced.
6485 	 */
6486 	for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) {
6487 		if (ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER) {
6488 			ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED);
6489 			/*
6490 			 * Remove the SRS associated with the HW ring.
6491 			 * As a result, polling will be disabled.
6492 			 */
6493 			ring->mr_srs = NULL;
6494 		}
6495 		ASSERT(group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED ||
6496 		    ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE);
6497 		if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) {
6498 			mac_stop_ring(ring);
6499 			ring->mr_flag = 0;
6500 		}
6501 	}
6502 
6503 	/* remove group from share */
6504 	if (mcip->mci_share != NULL) {
6505 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(mcip->mci_share,
6506 		    group->mrg_driver);
6507 	}
6508 
6509 	if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6510 		mac_ring_t *ring;
6511 
6512 		/*
6513 		 * Rings were dynamically allocated to group.
6514 		 * Move rings back to default group.
6515 		 */
6516 		while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) {
6517 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, mip->mi_rx_donor_grp,
6518 			    ring);
6519 		}
6520 	}
6521 	mac_stop_group(group);
6522 	/*
6523 	 * Possible improvement: See if we can assign the group just released
6524 	 * to a another client of the mip
6525 	 */
6526 }
6527 
6528 /*
6529  * When we move the primary's mac address between groups, we need to also
6530  * take all the clients sharing the same mac address along with it (VLANs)
6531  * We remove the mac address for such clients from the group after quiescing
6532  * them. When we add the mac address we restart the client. Note that
6533  * the primary's mac address is removed from the group after all the
6534  * other clients sharing the address are removed. Similarly, the primary's
6535  * mac address is added before all the other client's mac address are
6536  * added. While grp is the group where the clients reside, tgrp is
6537  * the group where the addresses have to be added.
6538  */
6539 static void
6540 mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp,
6541     mac_group_t *tgrp, uint8_t *maddr, boolean_t add)
6542 {
6543 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6544 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
6545 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
6546 	boolean_t		prim;
6547 
6548 	prim = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0;
6549 
6550 	/*
6551 	 * If the clients are in a non-default group, we just have to
6552 	 * walk the group's client list. If it is in the default group
6553 	 * (which will be shared by other clients as well, we need to
6554 	 * check if the unicast address matches mcip's unicast.
6555 	 */
6556 	while (mgcp != NULL) {
6557 		gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6558 		if (gmcip != mcip &&
6559 		    (grp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) ||
6560 		    mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast)) {
6561 			if (!add) {
6562 				mac_rx_client_quiesce(
6563 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6564 				(void) mac_remove_macaddr(mcip->mci_unicast);
6565 			} else {
6566 				(void) mac_add_macaddr(mip, tgrp, maddr, prim);
6567 				mac_rx_client_restart(
6568 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
6569 			}
6570 		}
6571 		mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6572 	}
6573 }
6574 
6575 
6576 /*
6577  * Move the MAC address from fgrp to tgrp. If this is the primary client,
6578  * we need to take any VLANs etc. together too.
6579  */
6580 static int
6581 mac_rx_move_macaddr(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
6582     mac_group_t *tgrp)
6583 {
6584 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6585 	uint8_t			maddr[MAXMACADDRLEN];
6586 	int			err = 0;
6587 	boolean_t		prim;
6588 	boolean_t		multiclnt = B_FALSE;
6589 
6590 	mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6591 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_unicast != NULL);
6592 	bcopy(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_addr, maddr, mcip->mci_unicast->ma_len);
6593 
6594 	prim = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0;
6595 	if (mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers > 1) {
6596 		mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, NULL, maddr, B_FALSE);
6597 		multiclnt = B_TRUE;
6598 	}
6599 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers == 1);
6600 	err = mac_remove_macaddr(mcip->mci_unicast);
6601 	if (err != 0) {
6602 		mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6603 		if (multiclnt) {
6604 			mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, fgrp, maddr,
6605 			    B_TRUE);
6606 		}
6607 		return (err);
6608 	}
6609 	/*
6610 	 * Program the H/W Classifier first, if this fails we need
6611 	 * not proceed with the other stuff.
6612 	 */
6613 	if ((err = mac_add_macaddr(mip, tgrp, maddr, prim)) != 0) {
6614 		/* Revert back the H/W Classifier */
6615 		if ((err = mac_add_macaddr(mip, fgrp, maddr, prim)) != 0) {
6616 			/*
6617 			 * This should not fail now since it worked earlier,
6618 			 * should we panic?
6619 			 */
6620 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
6621 			    "mac_rx_switch_group: switching %p back"
6622 			    " to group %p failed!!", (void *)mcip,
6623 			    (void *)fgrp);
6624 		}
6625 		mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6626 		if (multiclnt) {
6627 			mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, fgrp, maddr,
6628 			    B_TRUE);
6629 		}
6630 		return (err);
6631 	}
6632 	mcip->mci_unicast = mac_find_macaddr(mip, maddr);
6633 	mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
6634 	if (multiclnt)
6635 		mac_rx_move_macaddr_prim(mcip, fgrp, tgrp, maddr, B_TRUE);
6636 	return (err);
6637 }
6638 
6639 /*
6640  * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need
6641  * to remove the MAC address from the group, remove the MAC client,
6642  * teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. Then, we add the client
6643  * to the destination group, set the SRSs, and add the MAC address to the
6644  * group.
6645  */
6646 int
6647 mac_rx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
6648     mac_group_t *tgrp)
6649 {
6650 	int			err;
6651 	mac_group_state_t	next_state;
6652 	mac_client_impl_t	*group_only_mcip;
6653 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
6654 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6655 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
6656 
6657 	ASSERT(fgrp == mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group);
6658 
6659 	if ((err = mac_rx_move_macaddr(mcip, fgrp, tgrp)) != 0)
6660 		return (err);
6661 
6662 	/*
6663 	 * The group might be reserved, but SRSs may not be set up, e.g.
6664 	 * primary and its vlans using a reserved group.
6665 	 */
6666 	if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED &&
6667 	    MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) {
6668 		mac_rx_srs_group_teardown(mcip->mci_flent, B_TRUE);
6669 	}
6670 	if (fgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) {
6671 		mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
6672 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
6673 			gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6674 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6675 			mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
6676 			mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
6677 			gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp;
6678 		}
6679 		mac_release_rx_group(mcip, fgrp);
6680 		ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp));
6681 		mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
6682 	} else {
6683 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
6684 		mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip);
6685 		mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp;
6686 		/*
6687 		 * If there are other clients (VLANs) sharing this address
6688 		 * we should be here only for the primary.
6689 		 */
6690 		if (mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers > 1) {
6691 			/*
6692 			 * We need to move all the clients that are using
6693 			 * this h/w address.
6694 			 */
6695 			mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
6696 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
6697 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
6698 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
6699 				if (mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast) {
6700 					mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
6701 					mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
6702 					gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group =
6703 					    tgrp;
6704 				}
6705 			}
6706 		}
6707 		/*
6708 		 * The default group will still take the multicast,
6709 		 * broadcast traffic etc., so it won't go to
6710 		 * MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED.
6711 		 */
6712 		if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED)
6713 			mac_rx_group_unmark(fgrp, MR_CONDEMNED);
6714 		mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
6715 	}
6716 	next_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip,
6717 	    MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip), B_TRUE);
6718 	mac_set_group_state(tgrp, next_state);
6719 	/*
6720 	 * If the destination group is reserved, setup the SRSs etc.
6721 	 */
6722 	if (tgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
6723 		mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, SRST_LINK);
6724 		mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent,
6725 		    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL,
6726 		    NULL);
6727 		mac_rx_group_unmark(tgrp, MR_INCIPIENT);
6728 	} else {
6729 		mac_rx_switch_grp_to_sw(tgrp);
6730 	}
6731 	return (0);
6732 }
6733 
6734 /*
6735  * Reserves a TX group for the specified share. Invoked by mac_tx_srs_setup()
6736  * when a share was allocated to the client.
6737  */
6738 mac_group_t *
6739 mac_reserve_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t move)
6740 {
6741 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6742 	mac_group_t		*grp = NULL;
6743 	int			rv;
6744 	int			i;
6745 	int			err;
6746 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
6747 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
6748 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
6749 	int			nrings;
6750 	int			defnrings;
6751 	boolean_t		need_exclgrp = B_FALSE;
6752 	int			need_rings = 0;
6753 	mac_group_t		*candidate_grp = NULL;
6754 	mac_client_impl_t	*gclient;
6755 	mac_resource_props_t	*gmrp;
6756 	boolean_t		txhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS;
6757 	boolean_t		unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
6758 	boolean_t		isprimary;
6759 
6760 	isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC;
6761 	/*
6762 	 * When we come here for a VLAN on the primary (dladm create-vlan),
6763 	 * we need to pair it along with the primary (to keep it consistent
6764 	 * with the RX side). So, we check if the primary is already assigned
6765 	 * to a group and return the group if so. The other way is also
6766 	 * true, i.e. the VLAN is already created and now we are plumbing
6767 	 * the primary.
6768 	 */
6769 	if (!move && isprimary) {
6770 		for (gclient = mip->mi_clients_list; gclient != NULL;
6771 		    gclient = gclient->mci_client_next) {
6772 			if (gclient->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC &&
6773 			    gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group != NULL) {
6774 				return (gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group);
6775 			}
6776 		}
6777 	}
6778 
6779 	if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_tx_group_count == 0)
6780 		return (NULL);
6781 
6782 	/* For dynamic groups, default unspec to 1 */
6783 	if (txhw && unspec &&
6784 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6785 		mrp->mrp_ntxrings = 1;
6786 	}
6787 	/*
6788 	 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and
6789 	 * unspecified
6790 	 */
6791 	if (txhw && mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0 &&
6792 	    mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) {
6793 		return (NULL);
6794 	}
6795 
6796 	if (txhw) {
6797 		/*
6798 		 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with ntxrings,
6799 		 * if unspec).
6800 		 */
6801 		if (unspec || mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0) {
6802 			need_exclgrp = B_TRUE;
6803 			need_rings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
6804 		} else if (mrp->mrp_ntxrings == 0) {
6805 			/*
6806 			 * We have asked for a software group.
6807 			 */
6808 			return (NULL);
6809 		}
6810 	}
6811 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6812 	/*
6813 	 * The number of rings that the default group can donate.
6814 	 * We need to leave at least one ring - the default ring - in
6815 	 * this group.
6816 	 */
6817 	defnrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1;
6818 
6819 	/*
6820 	 * Primary gets default group unless explicitly told not
6821 	 * to  (i.e. rings > 0).
6822 	 */
6823 	if (isprimary && !need_exclgrp)
6824 		return (NULL);
6825 
6826 	nrings = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0 ? mrp->mrp_ntxrings : 1;
6827 	for (i = 0; i <  mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) {
6828 		grp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
6829 		if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) ||
6830 		    (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT)) {
6831 			/*
6832 			 * Select a candidate for replacement if we don't
6833 			 * get an exclusive group. A candidate group is one
6834 			 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got
6835 			 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what
6836 			 * the default group can donate) for the new MAC
6837 			 * client.
6838 			 */
6839 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED &&
6840 			    candidate_grp == NULL) {
6841 				gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6842 				if (gclient == NULL)
6843 					gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6844 				gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient);
6845 				if (gclient->mci_share == NULL &&
6846 				    (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0 &&
6847 				    (unspec ||
6848 				    (grp->mrg_cur_count + defnrings) >=
6849 				    need_rings)) {
6850 					candidate_grp = grp;
6851 				}
6852 			}
6853 			continue;
6854 		}
6855 		/*
6856 		 * If the default can't donate let's just walk and
6857 		 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have
6858 		 * enough rings for this.
6859 		 */
6860 		if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC ||
6861 		    nrings <= defnrings) {
6862 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) {
6863 				rv = mac_start_group(grp);
6864 				ASSERT(rv == 0);
6865 			}
6866 			break;
6867 		}
6868 	}
6869 
6870 	/* The default group */
6871 	if (i >= mip->mi_tx_group_count) {
6872 		/*
6873 		 * If we need an exclusive group and have identified a
6874 		 * candidate group we switch the MAC client from the
6875 		 * candidate group to the default group and give the
6876 		 * candidate group to this client.
6877 		 */
6878 		if (need_exclgrp && candidate_grp != NULL) {
6879 			/*
6880 			 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate group
6881 			 * to the default group.
6882 			 */
6883 			grp = candidate_grp;
6884 			gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp);
6885 			if (gclient == NULL)
6886 				gclient = mac_get_grp_primary(grp);
6887 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gclient);
6888 			mac_tx_switch_group(gclient, grp, defgrp);
6889 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gclient);
6890 
6891 			/*
6892 			 * Give the candidate group with the specified number
6893 			 * of rings to this MAC client.
6894 			 */
6895 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED);
6896 			rv = mac_start_group(grp);
6897 			ASSERT(rv == 0);
6898 
6899 			if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
6900 				return (grp);
6901 
6902 			ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0);
6903 			ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_cur_count > need_rings);
6904 
6905 			err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX,
6906 			    defgrp, grp, share, need_rings);
6907 			if (err == 0) {
6908 				/*
6909 				 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets
6910 				 * the rings from the driver, let's populate
6911 				 * the property for the client now.
6912 				 */
6913 				if (share != NULL) {
6914 					mac_client_set_rings(
6915 					    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1,
6916 					    grp->mrg_cur_count);
6917 				}
6918 				mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
6919 				return (grp);
6920 			}
6921 			DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *,
6922 			    mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err);
6923 			mac_stop_group(grp);
6924 		}
6925 		return (NULL);
6926 	}
6927 	/*
6928 	 * We got an exclusive group, but it is not dynamic.
6929 	 */
6930 	if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6931 		mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
6932 		return (grp);
6933 	}
6934 
6935 	rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, defgrp, grp,
6936 	    share, nrings);
6937 	if (rv != 0) {
6938 		DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings,
6939 		    char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, rv);
6940 		mac_stop_group(grp);
6941 		return (NULL);
6942 	}
6943 	/*
6944 	 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets the rings from the
6945 	 * driver, let's populate the property for the client now.
6946 	 */
6947 	if (share != NULL) {
6948 		mac_client_set_rings((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1,
6949 		    grp->mrg_cur_count);
6950 	}
6951 	mip->mi_tx_group_free--;
6952 	return (grp);
6953 }
6954 
6955 void
6956 mac_release_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp)
6957 {
6958 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
6959 	mac_share_handle_t	share = mcip->mci_share;
6960 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
6961 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip);
6962 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
6963 
6964 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
6965 	if (srs != NULL) {
6966 		if (srs->srs_soft_ring_count > 0) {
6967 			for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
6968 			    ring = ring->mr_next) {
6969 				ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, ring));
6970 				mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
6971 				    (mac_tx_cookie_t)
6972 				    mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, ring));
6973 				mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, ring);
6974 			}
6975 		} else {
6976 			ASSERT(srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 != NULL);
6977 			srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 = NULL;
6978 			mac_srs_stat_delete(srs);
6979 		}
6980 	}
6981 	if (share != NULL)
6982 		mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(share, grp->mrg_driver);
6983 
6984 	/* move the ring back to the pool */
6985 	if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) {
6986 		while ((ring = grp->mrg_rings) != NULL)
6987 			(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring);
6988 	}
6989 	mac_stop_group(grp);
6990 	mip->mi_tx_group_free++;
6991 }
6992 
6993 /*
6994  * Disassociate a MAC client from a group, i.e go through the rings in the
6995  * group and delete all the soft rings tied to them.
6996  */
6997 static void
6998 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(mac_group_t *fgrp, flow_entry_t *flent)
6999 {
7000 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = flent->fe_mcip;
7001 	mac_soft_ring_set_t	*tx_srs;
7002 	mac_srs_tx_t		*tx;
7003 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
7004 
7005 	tx_srs = flent->fe_tx_srs;
7006 	tx = &tx_srs->srs_tx;
7007 
7008 	/* Single ring case we haven't created any soft rings */
7009 	if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE ||
7010 	    tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) {
7011 		tx->st_arg2 = NULL;
7012 		mac_srs_stat_delete(tx_srs);
7013 	/* Fanout case, where we have to dismantle the soft rings */
7014 	} else {
7015 		for (ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL;
7016 		    ring = ring->mr_next) {
7017 			ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(tx_srs, ring));
7018 			mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip,
7019 			    (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(tx_srs,
7020 			    ring));
7021 			mac_tx_srs_del_ring(tx_srs, ring);
7022 		}
7023 		ASSERT(tx->st_arg2 == NULL);
7024 	}
7025 }
7026 
7027 /*
7028  * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need
7029  * to remove the MAC client, teardown the SRSs and revert the group state.
7030  * Then, we add the client to the destination roup, set the SRSs etc.
7031  */
7032 void
7033 mac_tx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp,
7034     mac_group_t *tgrp)
7035 {
7036 	mac_client_impl_t	*group_only_mcip;
7037 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7038 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
7039 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
7040 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
7041 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
7042 	flow_entry_t		*gflent;
7043 
7044 	defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
7045 	ASSERT(fgrp == flent->fe_tx_ring_group);
7046 
7047 	if (fgrp == defgrp) {
7048 		/*
7049 		 * If this is the primary we need to find any VLANs on
7050 		 * the primary and move them too.
7051 		 */
7052 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
7053 		mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, flent);
7054 		if (mcip->mci_unicast->ma_nusers > 1) {
7055 			mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
7056 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7057 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7058 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7059 				if (mcip->mci_unicast != gmcip->mci_unicast)
7060 					continue;
7061 				mac_tx_client_quiesce(
7062 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7063 
7064 				gflent = gmcip->mci_flent;
7065 				mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
7066 				mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent);
7067 
7068 				mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
7069 				gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
7070 				/* We could directly set this to SHARED */
7071 				tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp,
7072 				    &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE);
7073 
7074 				mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent,
7075 				    SRST_LINK);
7076 				mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent,
7077 				    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver,
7078 				    gmcip, NULL, NULL);
7079 
7080 				mac_tx_client_restart(
7081 				    (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7082 			}
7083 		}
7084 		if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp)) {
7085 			mac_ring_t	*ring;
7086 			int		cnt;
7087 			int		ringcnt;
7088 
7089 			fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
7090 			/*
7091 			 * Additionally, we also need to stop all
7092 			 * the rings in the default group, except
7093 			 * the default ring. The reason being
7094 			 * this group won't be released since it is
7095 			 * the default group, so the rings won't
7096 			 * be stopped otherwise.
7097 			 */
7098 			ringcnt = fgrp->mrg_cur_count;
7099 			ring = fgrp->mrg_rings;
7100 			for (cnt = 0; cnt < ringcnt; cnt++) {
7101 				if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE &&
7102 				    ring !=
7103 				    (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) {
7104 					mac_stop_ring(ring);
7105 					ring->mr_flag = 0;
7106 				}
7107 				ring = ring->mr_next;
7108 			}
7109 		} else if (MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) {
7110 			fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED;
7111 		} else {
7112 			ASSERT(fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED);
7113 		}
7114 	} else {
7115 		/*
7116 		 * We could have VLANs sharing the non-default group with
7117 		 * the primary.
7118 		 */
7119 		mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients;
7120 		while (mgcp != NULL) {
7121 			gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7122 			mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7123 			if (gmcip == mcip)
7124 				continue;
7125 			mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7126 			gflent = gmcip->mci_flent;
7127 
7128 			mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip);
7129 			mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent);
7130 
7131 			mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip);
7132 			gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
7133 			/* We could directly set this to SHARED */
7134 			tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp,
7135 			    &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE);
7136 			mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, SRST_LINK);
7137 			mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent,
7138 			    MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver,
7139 			    gmcip, NULL, NULL);
7140 
7141 			mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip);
7142 		}
7143 		mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip);
7144 		mac_release_tx_group(mcip, fgrp);
7145 		fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED;
7146 	}
7147 
7148 	/* Add it to the tgroup */
7149 	mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip);
7150 	flent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp;
7151 	tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip,
7152 	    defgrp, B_FALSE);
7153 
7154 	mac_tx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK);
7155 	mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
7156 	    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL);
7157 }
7158 
7159 /*
7160  * This is a 1-time control path activity initiated by the client (IP).
7161  * The mac perimeter protects against other simultaneous control activities,
7162  * for example an ioctl that attempts to change the degree of fanout and
7163  * increase or decrease the number of softrings associated with this Tx SRS.
7164  */
7165 static mac_tx_notify_cb_t *
7166 mac_client_tx_notify_add(mac_client_impl_t *mcip,
7167     mac_tx_notify_t notify, void *arg)
7168 {
7169 	mac_cb_info_t *mcbi;
7170 	mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp;
7171 
7172 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
7173 
7174 	mtnfp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t), KM_SLEEP);
7175 	mtnfp->mtnf_fn = notify;
7176 	mtnfp->mtnf_arg = arg;
7177 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objp = mtnfp;
7178 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objsize = sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t);
7179 	mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_flags = MCB_TX_NOTIFY_CB_T;
7180 
7181 	mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info;
7182 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7183 	mac_callback_add(mcbi, &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link);
7184 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7185 	return (mtnfp);
7186 }
7187 
7188 static void
7189 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp)
7190 {
7191 	mac_cb_info_t	*mcbi;
7192 	mac_cb_t	**cblist;
7193 
7194 	ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip));
7195 
7196 	if (!mac_callback_find(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info,
7197 	    &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) {
7198 		cmn_err(CE_WARN,
7199 		    "mac_client_tx_notify_remove: callback not "
7200 		    "found, mcip 0x%p mtnfp 0x%p", (void *)mcip, (void *)mtnfp);
7201 		return;
7202 	}
7203 
7204 	mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info;
7205 	cblist = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list;
7206 	mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7207 	if (mac_callback_remove(mcbi, cblist, &mtnfp->mtnf_link))
7208 		kmem_free(mtnfp, sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t));
7209 	else
7210 		mac_callback_remove_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info);
7211 	mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp);
7212 }
7213 
7214 /*
7215  * mac_client_tx_notify():
7216  * call to add and remove flow control callback routine.
7217  */
7218 mac_tx_notify_handle_t
7219 mac_client_tx_notify(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_tx_notify_t callb_func,
7220     void *ptr)
7221 {
7222 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch;
7223 	mac_tx_notify_cb_t	*mtnfp = NULL;
7224 
7225 	i_mac_perim_enter(mcip->mci_mip);
7226 
7227 	if (callb_func != NULL) {
7228 		/* Add a notify callback */
7229 		mtnfp = mac_client_tx_notify_add(mcip, callb_func, ptr);
7230 	} else {
7231 		mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mcip, (mac_tx_notify_cb_t *)ptr);
7232 	}
7233 	i_mac_perim_exit(mcip->mci_mip);
7234 
7235 	return ((mac_tx_notify_handle_t)mtnfp);
7236 }
7237 
7238 void
7239 mac_bridge_vectors(mac_bridge_tx_t txf, mac_bridge_rx_t rxf,
7240     mac_bridge_ref_t reff, mac_bridge_ls_t lsf)
7241 {
7242 	mac_bridge_tx_cb = txf;
7243 	mac_bridge_rx_cb = rxf;
7244 	mac_bridge_ref_cb = reff;
7245 	mac_bridge_ls_cb = lsf;
7246 }
7247 
7248 int
7249 mac_bridge_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link)
7250 {
7251 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
7252 	int retv;
7253 
7254 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7255 	if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) {
7256 		mip->mi_bridge_link = link;
7257 		retv = 0;
7258 	} else {
7259 		retv = EBUSY;
7260 	}
7261 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7262 	if (retv == 0) {
7263 		mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_FALSE);
7264 		mac_capab_update(mh);
7265 	}
7266 	return (retv);
7267 }
7268 
7269 /*
7270  * Disable bridging on the indicated link.
7271  */
7272 void
7273 mac_bridge_clear(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link)
7274 {
7275 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
7276 
7277 	mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7278 	ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == link);
7279 	mip->mi_bridge_link = NULL;
7280 	mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock);
7281 	mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_TRUE);
7282 	mac_capab_update(mh);
7283 }
7284 
7285 void
7286 mac_no_active(mac_handle_t mh)
7287 {
7288 	mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh;
7289 
7290 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
7291 	mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_NO_ACTIVE;
7292 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
7293 }
7294 
7295 /*
7296  * Walk the primary VLAN clients whenever the primary's rings property
7297  * changes and update the mac_resource_props_t for the VLAN's client.
7298  * We need to do this since we don't support setting these properties
7299  * on the primary's VLAN clients, but the VLAN clients have to
7300  * follow the primary w.r.t the rings property;
7301  */
7302 void
7303 mac_set_prim_vlan_rings(mac_impl_t  *mip, mac_resource_props_t *mrp)
7304 {
7305 	mac_client_impl_t	*vmcip;
7306 	mac_resource_props_t	*vmrp;
7307 
7308 	for (vmcip = mip->mi_clients_list; vmcip != NULL;
7309 	    vmcip = vmcip->mci_client_next) {
7310 		if (!(vmcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) ||
7311 		    mac_client_vid((mac_client_handle_t)vmcip) ==
7312 		    VLAN_ID_NONE) {
7313 			continue;
7314 		}
7315 		vmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(vmcip);
7316 
7317 		vmrp->mrp_nrxrings =  mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
7318 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
7319 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS;
7320 		else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
7321 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS;
7322 
7323 		vmrp->mrp_ntxrings =  mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
7324 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS)
7325 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS;
7326 		else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS)
7327 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS;
7328 
7329 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC)
7330 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7331 		else
7332 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7333 
7334 		if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC)
7335 			vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7336 		else
7337 			vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC;
7338 	}
7339 }
7340 
7341 /*
7342  * We are adding or removing ring(s) from a group. The source for taking
7343  * rings is the default group. The destination for giving rings back is
7344  * the default group.
7345  */
7346 int
7347 mac_group_ring_modify(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group,
7348     mac_group_t *defgrp)
7349 {
7350 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7351 	uint_t			modify;
7352 	int			count;
7353 	mac_ring_t		*ring;
7354 	mac_ring_t		*next;
7355 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7356 	mac_ring_t		**rings;
7357 	uint_t			ringcnt;
7358 	int			i = 0;
7359 	boolean_t		rx_group = group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX;
7360 	int			start;
7361 	int			end;
7362 	mac_group_t		*tgrp;
7363 	int			j;
7364 	int			rv = 0;
7365 
7366 	/*
7367 	 * If we are asked for just a group, we give 1 ring, else
7368 	 * the specified number of rings.
7369 	 */
7370 	if (rx_group) {
7371 		ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1:
7372 		    mrp->mrp_nrxrings;
7373 	} else {
7374 		ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1:
7375 		    mrp->mrp_ntxrings;
7376 	}
7377 
7378 	/* don't allow modifying rings for a share for now. */
7379 	ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == NULL);
7380 
7381 	if (ringcnt == group->mrg_cur_count)
7382 		return (0);
7383 
7384 	if (group->mrg_cur_count > ringcnt) {
7385 		modify = group->mrg_cur_count - ringcnt;
7386 		if (rx_group) {
7387 			if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) {
7388 				ASSERT(mac_is_primary_client(mcip));
7389 				mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp;
7390 			} else {
7391 				defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
7392 			}
7393 		}
7394 		ring = group->mrg_rings;
7395 		rings = kmem_alloc(modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t),
7396 		    KM_SLEEP);
7397 		j = 0;
7398 		for (count = 0; count < modify; count++) {
7399 			next = ring->mr_next;
7400 			rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring);
7401 			if (rv != 0) {
7402 				/* cleanup on failure */
7403 				for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
7404 					(void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group,
7405 					    rings[j]);
7406 				}
7407 				break;
7408 			}
7409 			rings[j++] = ring;
7410 			ring = next;
7411 		}
7412 		kmem_free(rings, modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t));
7413 		return (rv);
7414 	}
7415 	if (ringcnt >= MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP)
7416 		return (EINVAL);
7417 
7418 	modify = ringcnt - group->mrg_cur_count;
7419 
7420 	if (rx_group) {
7421 		if (group != mip->mi_rx_donor_grp)
7422 			defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp;
7423 		else
7424 			/*
7425 			 * This is the donor group with all the remaining
7426 			 * rings. Default group now gets to be the donor
7427 			 */
7428 			mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp;
7429 		start = 1;
7430 		end = mip->mi_rx_group_count;
7431 	} else {
7432 		start = 0;
7433 		end = mip->mi_tx_group_count - 1;
7434 	}
7435 	/*
7436 	 * If the default doesn't have any rings, lets see if we can
7437 	 * take rings given to an h/w client that doesn't need it.
7438 	 * For now, we just see if there is  any one client that can donate
7439 	 * all the required rings.
7440 	 */
7441 	if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) {
7442 		for (i = start; i < end; i++) {
7443 			if (rx_group) {
7444 				tgrp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i];
7445 				if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state <
7446 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7447 					continue;
7448 				}
7449 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
7450 				if (mcip == NULL)
7451 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
7452 				ASSERT(mcip != NULL);
7453 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7454 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) != 0)
7455 					continue;
7456 				if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count +
7457 				    defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) {
7458 					continue;
7459 				}
7460 				if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp,
7461 				    defgrp) != 0) {
7462 					return (ENOSPC);
7463 				}
7464 			} else {
7465 				tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i];
7466 				if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state <
7467 				    MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7468 					continue;
7469 				}
7470 				mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp);
7471 				if (mcip == NULL)
7472 					mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp);
7473 				mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7474 				if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0)
7475 					continue;
7476 				if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count +
7477 				    defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) {
7478 					continue;
7479 				}
7480 				/* OK, we can switch this to s/w */
7481 				mac_tx_client_quiesce(
7482 				    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7483 				mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, defgrp);
7484 				mac_tx_client_restart(
7485 				    (mac_client_handle_t)mcip);
7486 			}
7487 		}
7488 		if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1))
7489 			return (ENOSPC);
7490 	}
7491 	if ((rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, group->mrg_type, defgrp,
7492 	    group, mcip->mci_share, modify)) != 0) {
7493 		return (rv);
7494 	}
7495 	return (0);
7496 }
7497 
7498 /*
7499  * Given the poolname in mac_resource_props, find the cpupart
7500  * that is associated with this pool.  The cpupart will be used
7501  * later for finding the cpus to be bound to the networking threads.
7502  *
7503  * use_default is set B_TRUE if pools are enabled and pool_default
7504  * is returned.  This avoids a 2nd lookup to set the poolname
7505  * for pool-effective.
7506  *
7507  * returns:
7508  *
7509  *    NULL -   pools are disabled or if the 'cpus' property is set.
7510  *    cpupart of pool_default  - pools are enabled and the pool
7511  *             is not available or poolname is blank
7512  *    cpupart of named pool    - pools are enabled and the pool
7513  *             is available.
7514  */
7515 cpupart_t *
7516 mac_pset_find(mac_resource_props_t *mrp, boolean_t *use_default)
7517 {
7518 	pool_t		*pool;
7519 	cpupart_t	*cpupart;
7520 
7521 	*use_default = B_FALSE;
7522 
7523 	/* CPUs property is set */
7524 	if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS)
7525 		return (NULL);
7526 
7527 	ASSERT(pool_lock_held());
7528 
7529 	/* Pools are disabled, no pset */
7530 	if (pool_state == POOL_DISABLED)
7531 		return (NULL);
7532 
7533 	/* Pools property is set */
7534 	if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_POOL) {
7535 		if ((pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_name(mrp->mrp_pool)) == NULL) {
7536 			/* Pool not found */
7537 			DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_pset_find_no_pool, char *,
7538 			    mrp->mrp_pool);
7539 			*use_default = B_TRUE;
7540 			pool = pool_default;
7541 		}
7542 	/* Pools property is not set */
7543 	} else {
7544 		*use_default = B_TRUE;
7545 		pool = pool_default;
7546 	}
7547 
7548 	/* Find the CPU pset that corresponds to the pool */
7549 	mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
7550 	if ((cpupart = cpupart_find(pool->pool_pset->pset_id)) == NULL) {
7551 		DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_find_pset_no_pset, psetid_t,
7552 		    pool->pool_pset->pset_id);
7553 	}
7554 	mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
7555 
7556 	return (cpupart);
7557 }
7558 
7559 void
7560 mac_set_pool_effective(boolean_t use_default, cpupart_t *cpupart,
7561     mac_resource_props_t *mrp, mac_resource_props_t *emrp)
7562 {
7563 	ASSERT(pool_lock_held());
7564 
7565 	if (cpupart != NULL) {
7566 		emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7567 		if (use_default) {
7568 			(void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool,
7569 			    "pool_default");
7570 		} else {
7571 			ASSERT(strlen(mrp->mrp_pool) != 0);
7572 			(void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool,
7573 			    mrp->mrp_pool);
7574 		}
7575 	} else {
7576 		emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL;
7577 		bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN);
7578 	}
7579 }
7580 
7581 struct mac_pool_arg {
7582 	char		mpa_poolname[MAXPATHLEN];
7583 	pool_event_t	mpa_what;
7584 };
7585 
7586 /*ARGSUSED*/
7587 static uint_t
7588 mac_pool_link_update(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg)
7589 {
7590 	struct mac_pool_arg	*mpa = arg;
7591 	mac_impl_t		*mip = (mac_impl_t *)val;
7592 	mac_client_impl_t	*mcip;
7593 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp, *emrp;
7594 	boolean_t		pool_update = B_FALSE;
7595 	boolean_t		pool_clear = B_FALSE;
7596 	boolean_t		use_default = B_FALSE;
7597 	cpupart_t		*cpupart = NULL;
7598 
7599 	mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP);
7600 	i_mac_perim_enter(mip);
7601 	for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL;
7602 	    mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) {
7603 		pool_update = B_FALSE;
7604 		pool_clear = B_FALSE;
7605 		use_default = B_FALSE;
7606 		mac_client_get_resources((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, mrp);
7607 		emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
7608 
7609 		/*
7610 		 * When pools are enabled
7611 		 */
7612 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_ENABLE) &&
7613 		    ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) {
7614 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7615 			pool_update = B_TRUE;
7616 		}
7617 
7618 		/*
7619 		 * When pools are disabled
7620 		 */
7621 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_DISABLE) &&
7622 		    ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) {
7623 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7624 			pool_clear = B_TRUE;
7625 		}
7626 
7627 		/*
7628 		 * Look for links with the pool property set and the poolname
7629 		 * matching the one which is changing.
7630 		 */
7631 		if (strcmp(mrp->mrp_pool, mpa->mpa_poolname) == 0) {
7632 			/*
7633 			 * The pool associated with the link has changed.
7634 			 */
7635 			if (mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) {
7636 				mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7637 				pool_update = B_TRUE;
7638 			}
7639 		}
7640 
7641 		/*
7642 		 * This link is associated with pool_default and
7643 		 * pool_default has changed.
7644 		 */
7645 		if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) &&
7646 		    (strcmp(emrp->mrp_pool, "pool_default") == 0) &&
7647 		    (strcmp(mpa->mpa_poolname, "pool_default") == 0)) {
7648 			mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL;
7649 			pool_update = B_TRUE;
7650 		}
7651 
7652 		/*
7653 		 * Get new list of cpus for the pool, bind network
7654 		 * threads to new list of cpus and update resources.
7655 		 */
7656 		if (pool_update) {
7657 			if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
7658 				pool_lock();
7659 				cpupart = mac_pset_find(mrp, &use_default);
7660 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp,
7661 				    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, cpupart);
7662 				mac_set_pool_effective(use_default, cpupart,
7663 				    mrp, emrp);
7664 				pool_unlock();
7665 			}
7666 			mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
7667 			    B_FALSE);
7668 		}
7669 
7670 		/*
7671 		 * Clear the effective pool and bind network threads
7672 		 * to any available CPU.
7673 		 */
7674 		if (pool_clear) {
7675 			if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) {
7676 				emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL;
7677 				bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN);
7678 				mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp,
7679 				    mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL);
7680 			}
7681 			mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip),
7682 			    B_FALSE);
7683 		}
7684 	}
7685 	i_mac_perim_exit(mip);
7686 	kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp));
7687 	return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE);
7688 }
7689 
7690 static void
7691 mac_pool_update(void *arg)
7692 {
7693 	mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, mac_pool_link_update, arg);
7694 	kmem_free(arg, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
7695 }
7696 
7697 /*
7698  * Callback function to be executed when a noteworthy pool event
7699  * takes place.
7700  */
7701 /* ARGSUSED */
7702 static void
7703 mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t what, poolid_t id, void *arg)
7704 {
7705 	pool_t			*pool;
7706 	char			*poolname = NULL;
7707 	struct mac_pool_arg	*mpa;
7708 
7709 	pool_lock();
7710 	mpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg), KM_SLEEP);
7711 
7712 	switch (what) {
7713 	case POOL_E_ENABLE:
7714 	case POOL_E_DISABLE:
7715 		break;
7716 
7717 	case POOL_E_CHANGE:
7718 		pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_id(id);
7719 		if (pool == NULL) {
7720 			kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
7721 			pool_unlock();
7722 			return;
7723 		}
7724 		pool_get_name(pool, &poolname);
7725 		(void) strlcpy(mpa->mpa_poolname, poolname,
7726 		    sizeof (mpa->mpa_poolname));
7727 		break;
7728 
7729 	default:
7730 		kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg));
7731 		pool_unlock();
7732 		return;
7733 	}
7734 	pool_unlock();
7735 
7736 	mpa->mpa_what = what;
7737 
7738 	mac_pool_update(mpa);
7739 }
7740 
7741 /*
7742  * Set effective rings property. This could be called from datapath_setup/
7743  * datapath_teardown or set-linkprop.
7744  * If the group is reserved we just go ahead and set the effective rings.
7745  * Additionally, for TX this could mean the default  group has lost/gained
7746  * some rings, so if the default group is reserved, we need to adjust the
7747  * effective rings for the default group clients. For RX, if we are working
7748  * with the non-default group, we just need * to reset the effective props
7749  * for the default group clients.
7750  */
7751 void
7752 mac_set_rings_effective(mac_client_impl_t *mcip)
7753 {
7754 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7755 	mac_group_t		*grp;
7756 	mac_group_t		*defgrp;
7757 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
7758 	mac_resource_props_t	*emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
7759 	mac_grp_client_t	*mgcp;
7760 	mac_client_impl_t	*gmcip;
7761 
7762 	grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group;
7763 	if (grp != NULL) {
7764 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7765 		/*
7766 		 * If we have reserved a group, set the effective rings
7767 		 * to the ring count in the group.
7768 		 */
7769 		if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7770 			emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS;
7771 			emrp->mrp_nrxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count;
7772 		}
7773 
7774 		/*
7775 		 * We go through the clients in the shared group and
7776 		 * reset the effective properties. It is possible this
7777 		 * might have already been done for some client (i.e.
7778 		 * if some client is being moved to a group that is
7779 		 * already shared). The case where the default group is
7780 		 * RESERVED is taken care of above (note in the RX side if
7781 		 * there is a non-default group, the default group is always
7782 		 * SHARED).
7783 		 */
7784 		if (grp != defgrp || grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) {
7785 			if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED)
7786 				mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
7787 			else
7788 				mgcp = defgrp->mrg_clients;
7789 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7790 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7791 				emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
7792 				if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) {
7793 					emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS;
7794 					emrp->mrp_nrxrings = 0;
7795 				}
7796 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7797 			}
7798 		}
7799 	}
7800 
7801 	/* Now the TX side */
7802 	grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group;
7803 	if (grp != NULL) {
7804 		defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip);
7805 
7806 		if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7807 			emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS;
7808 			emrp->mrp_ntxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count;
7809 		} else if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) {
7810 			mgcp = grp->mrg_clients;
7811 			while (mgcp != NULL) {
7812 				gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client;
7813 				emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
7814 				if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) {
7815 					emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS;
7816 					emrp->mrp_ntxrings = 0;
7817 				}
7818 				mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next;
7819 			}
7820 		}
7821 
7822 		/*
7823 		 * If the group is not the default group and the default
7824 		 * group is reserved, the ring count in the default group
7825 		 * might have changed, update it.
7826 		 */
7827 		if (grp != defgrp &&
7828 		    defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) {
7829 			gmcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(defgrp);
7830 			emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip);
7831 			emrp->mrp_ntxrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count;
7832 		}
7833 	}
7834 	emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip);
7835 }
7836 
7837 /*
7838  * Check if the primary is in the default group. If so, see if we
7839  * can give it a an exclusive group now that another client is
7840  * being configured. We take the primary out of the default group
7841  * because the multicast/broadcast packets for the all the clients
7842  * will land in the default ring in the default group which means
7843  * any client in the default group, even if it is the only on in
7844  * the group, will lose exclusive access to the rings, hence
7845  * polling.
7846  */
7847 mac_client_impl_t *
7848 mac_check_primary_relocation(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t rxhw)
7849 {
7850 	mac_impl_t		*mip = mcip->mci_mip;
7851 	mac_group_t		*defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip);
7852 	flow_entry_t		*flent = mcip->mci_flent;
7853 	mac_resource_props_t	*mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip);
7854 	uint8_t			*mac_addr;
7855 	mac_group_t		*ngrp;
7856 
7857 	/*
7858 	 * Check if the primary is in the default group, if not
7859 	 * or if it is explicitly configured to be in the default
7860 	 * group OR set the RX rings property, return.
7861 	 */
7862 	if (flent->fe_rx_ring_group != defgrp || mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS)
7863 		return (NULL);
7864 
7865 	/*
7866 	 * If the new client needs an exclusive group and we
7867 	 * don't have another for the primary, return.
7868 	 */
7869 	if (rxhw && mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail < 2)
7870 		return (NULL);
7871 
7872 	mac_addr = flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_dst_mac;
7873 	/*
7874 	 * We call this when we are setting up the datapath for
7875 	 * the first non-primary.
7876 	 */
7877 	ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 2);
7878 	/*
7879 	 * OK, now we have the primary that needs to be relocated.
7880 	 */
7881 	ngrp =  mac_reserve_rx_group(mcip, mac_addr, B_TRUE);
7882 	if (ngrp == NULL)
7883 		return (NULL);
7884 	if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, defgrp, ngrp) != 0) {
7885 		mac_stop_group(ngrp);
7886 		return (NULL);
7887 	}
7888 	return (mcip);
7889 }
7890